WO2022022341A1 - Positioning means triggering method and communication device - Google Patents

Positioning means triggering method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022022341A1
WO2022022341A1 PCT/CN2021/107442 CN2021107442W WO2022022341A1 WO 2022022341 A1 WO2022022341 A1 WO 2022022341A1 CN 2021107442 W CN2021107442 W CN 2021107442W WO 2022022341 A1 WO2022022341 A1 WO 2022022341A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
positioning
indication information
target node
source node
node
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/107442
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄伟
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202180049201.9A priority Critical patent/CN116406520A/en
Publication of WO2022022341A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022022341A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/023Services making use of location information using mutual or relative location information between multiple location based services [LBS] targets or of distance thresholds
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method for triggering a positioning method and a communication device.
  • the source node and the target node to be located do not need mutual absolute positioning information (eg absolute coordinates) but only relative positioning information (eg distance information or angle information).
  • LOS line of sight
  • there is no LOS path between the two relative positioning parties if it can be based on the cooperation of surrounding devices, a multi-hop cooperation mode with LOS path can be artificially constructed through necessary signaling interaction.
  • Cooperative positioning can break through the limitation of LOS diameter in relative positioning, and further improve the positioning accuracy of relative positioning in non-line of sight (NLOS) environment.
  • NLOS non-line of sight
  • the present application provides a method for triggering a positioning method, through which a source node to be located determines to adopt a relative positioning method or a cooperative positioning method suitable for the current scene based on the existence state of the LOS path between the source node and the target node, combined with the positioning capability, It can solve the problem of high system overhead.
  • a method for triggering a positioning method which is applied to a source node and includes: sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes a first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; when it is determined according to the first indication information that there is no distance between the source node and the target node When the LOS condition is satisfied, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt cooperative positioning; when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the The positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node is used to determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
  • the source node may be a terminal device to be located, such as a mobile phone, a computer, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a data card, a sensor, and other devices.
  • the source node and the target node may communicate through a 3GPP sidelink, or communicate through Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, ultra-wideband UWB, or the like.
  • the first positioning measurement reference signal may be the aperiodic reference signal used for positioning measurement mentioned herein.
  • the positioning measurement reference signals include but are not limited to: aperiodic PRS signals, aperiodic CSI-RS signals, aperiodic TRS signals, and the like.
  • the target node judges whether the LOS path condition is satisfied with the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, and carries the first indication information for indicating whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node in the location. Feedback messages are sent to the source node.
  • whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node may refer to whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node.
  • the LOS path condition when satisfied between the source node and the target node, it means that there is a LOS path between the source node and the target node; There is no LOS trail in between.
  • the positioning methods mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may include cooperative positioning methods and relative positioning methods. After the adopted positioning mode is determined, the positioning can be realized by using a specific positioning method corresponding to the positioning mode.
  • the following positioning methods may be specifically adopted, including but not limited to: deterministic cooperative positioning, probabilistic cooperative positioning, time cooperative positioning or space cooperative positioning, etc.
  • the non-cooperative positioning that is, relative positioning
  • the following positioning methods can be specifically adopted, including but not limited to: positioning according to the angle of arrival AOA and time of arrival TOA, and positioning according to the AOA, departure angle AOD And time of arrival for positioning, multi-angle of arrival (multi-AOA) positioning or multi-time of arrival (multi-RTT) positioning and so on.
  • the source node determines the specific positioning method used in the subsequent positioning process according to whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node, which can avoid a large amount of system overhead and improve positioning efficiency on the basis of ensuring positioning accuracy.
  • the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node
  • the positioning method between the two specifically includes: when it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, determining that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the multi-node cooperative positioning method.
  • the positioning capability here may refer to the number of antennas of a node. Further, it may also include the bandwidth supported by the node, etc.
  • the source node and/or the target node can support multi-antenna capability, and when the number of antennas is large, the node has stronger positioning capability.
  • the first threshold here may be 3, for example.
  • the antenna capability is strong, and it has sufficient ability to judge whether there is an LOS path currently based on the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; or, when the number of antennas of the source node is large, the antenna The capability is strong, and it has sufficient capability to determine whether there is an LOS path based on the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node. Therefore, when the number of antennas is large, the accuracy of selecting the positioning method can be improved. Moreover, when the antenna capabilities of the source node and the target node are strong, in the presence of the LOS path, high-precision relative positioning can be achieved.
  • the antenna capability of the source node and/or the target node also needs to be considered important factor.
  • the source node and/or the target node can be based on the angle of arrival AOA and the time of arrival TOA, or according to the AOA, the angle of departure AOD and the arrival time.
  • Time TOA, or multiple angle of arrival (multi-AOA) positioning or multiple time of arrival (multi-RTT) and other positioning methods perform relative positioning methods to obtain accurate positioning results.
  • the architecture of the cooperative positioning negotiation mechanism in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the source node can communicate with other devices. Relative positioning, with the cooperation of surrounding equipment, realizes the positioning with the target node.
  • this method when there is no LOS path between the source node and the target node, cooperative positioning is adopted; and when there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node, it is further determined based on the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node.
  • Cooperative positioning or relative positioning this method can select a positioning method suitable for the positioning scene, and ensure the positioning accuracy, avoid invalid system overhead and delay, etc., optimize the positioning process, and improve the positioning efficiency.
  • the method further includes: sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node ; Receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the second indication information may be positioning capability feedback information (capability response) sent by the target node.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a positioning feedback message; it may also be designed to be sent to the source node as a separate signaling process.
  • How to send the second indication information can be determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node, the number of supported positioning modes, and the like. Among them, if the number of positioning methods supported by the target node is large, the second indication information may include a large number of positioning information books. At this time, in order to simplify the positioning feedback message, the second indication information can be sent separately, without the The second indication information is carried in the positioning feedback message.
  • the method further includes: sending a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information uses for indicating the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the first positioning measurement reference signal is a reference signal sent by the source node to the target node, and used for enabling the target node to determine whether there is an LOS path between it and the source node.
  • the first time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the source node may first send the indication information of the first time-frequency resource to the target node, instructing the target to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal on a specific time-frequency resource.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the corresponding positioning capability indication information is generally not much.
  • the positioning capability request information is carried in the positioning request message.
  • carrying the positioning capability request information in the positioning request message and sending it to the target node can simplify the communication process and improve the communication efficiency.
  • the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the method further includes: The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  • the corresponding positioning capability indication information is generally not much.
  • the second indication information is carried in the positioning feedback message.
  • the second indication information is carried in the positioning feedback message and sent to the source node, which can simplify the communication process and improve the communication efficiency.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the source node may also send its own positioning capability to the target node.
  • the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal resources; the method further includes: receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node at the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information; according to the second positioning measurement reference signal, It is judged whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the target node when the capability of the target node is weak or the antenna capability is insufficient, even if the source node sends the first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node, the capability of the target node is not enough to support its judgment according to the first positioning measurement reference signal. Whether there is a LOS trail. At this time, the target node sends the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node and indicates its corresponding second time-frequency resource.
  • the second time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node to the source node.
  • the target node may first send the indication information of the second time-frequency resource to the source node, instructing the source node to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal on the specific time-frequency resource.
  • the second positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource may be a reference signal sent by the target node to the source node for the source node to determine whether there is an LOS path between it and the target node.
  • the source node when the source node parses that the information sent by the target node is the time-frequency resource indication information of the second positioning measurement reference signal, it may determine that the first indication information carried in the positioning feedback message by the target node is invalid or unreliable.
  • the source node determines whether there is an LOS path between it and the target node according to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the source node after the source node completes the LOS path detection, it can only select its own detection result to determine the LOS path existence state; or it can also combine its own detection result and the first indication information to determine the LOS path existence state. In other words, when the LOS path existence state indication information determined by the target node is invalid or unreliable, the source node may not refer to or partially refer to the indication information sent by the target node at this time.
  • the above method can improve the accuracy of the judgment result of the existence state of the LOS path, which is conducive to accurately selecting an appropriate positioning method, thereby improving the positioning accuracy.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
  • the positioning request message may be transmitted to the target access node in at least one of the following manners, including: physical measurement link control channel PSCCH, physical sidelink shared channel PSSCH, Bluetooth, UWB signals, and the like.
  • a method for triggering a positioning method is provided, which is applied to a target node, including: receiving a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; determining the source node and the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal; Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the target nodes; send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the distance between the source node and the target node Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is met.
  • the method further includes: receiving location capability request information sent by a source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node; Determine the location capability of the target node according to the location capability request message; send second indication information to the source node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
  • the method further includes: receiving a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal resources; the method further includes: sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the relationship between the source node and the target node is satisfied the LOS condition.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
  • a method for triggering a positioning method which is applied to a source node and includes: sending a first positioning measurement reference signal positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, the positioning The feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second positioning the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the measurement reference signal; according to the fifth indication information, receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource; when according to the second positioning When the measurement reference signal determines that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method; When the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the positioning mode between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capability of
  • the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node
  • the positioning method between the two specifically includes: when it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, determining that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
  • the method further includes: sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node ; Receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the method further includes: sending a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information uses for indicating the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the method further includes: The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
  • a method for triggering a positioning method is provided, which is applied to a target node, including: receiving a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; sending a positioning measurement reference signal to the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal a positioning feedback message, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency resource corresponding to a second positioning measurement reference signal; sending the second positioning measurement to the source node reference signal.
  • the method further includes: receiving location capability request information sent by a source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node; Send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
  • the method further includes: receiving a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication node, comprising: a sending unit, configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; a receiving unit, configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node,
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; the processing unit is configured to determine the location according to the first indication information.
  • the positioning method between the source node and the target node.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS is not satisfied between the source node and the target node condition, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt multi-node cooperative positioning; when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the source node The positioning capability of the node and the target node determines the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
  • the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the processing unit further includes: when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to When the first threshold is used, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a relative positioning method; or, when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node are in a relative positioning mode.
  • the target node adopts the multi-node cooperative positioning method.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication The information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the positioning request message includes positioning capability request information, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the processing module is further configured to: The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal ; the receiving unit is further configured to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information; the processing unit is further configured to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node according to the second time-frequency resource The second positioning measurement reference signal determines whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through a physical measurement link control channel PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted through a physical side channel
  • the link shared channel PSSCH is transmitted to the target node.
  • a communication node comprising: a receiving unit configured to receive a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; and a processing unit configured to determine the source according to the first positioning measurement reference signal Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the node and the target node; a sending unit, configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location of the target node the processing unit is further configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the positioning capability request message; the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node, the second indication The information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third The indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the positioning request message includes positioning capability request information, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal resources; the sending unit is further configured to send the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine the relationship between the source node and the target node Whether the LOS condition is satisfied.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through the PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted to the target node through the PSSCH.
  • a seventh aspect provides a communication node, characterized by comprising: a sending unit, configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; a receiving unit, configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node,
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first indication information.
  • the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the positioning measurement reference signal; the second positioning reference; the receiving unit is further configured to: receive the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information the second positioning measurement reference signal sent; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determine the source node and the target
  • the node adopts a cooperative positioning method; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node , and determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
  • the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the processing unit according to the processing unit is specifically used for: when determining the number of antennas of the source node or the target node When it is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the The source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the target node
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication The information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, the processing unit, further It is used for: determining the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
  • a communication node comprising: a receiving unit, configured to receive a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; and a sending unit, configured to send to the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal a positioning feedback message, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency resource corresponding to a second positioning measurement reference signal; sending the second positioning measurement to the source node reference signal.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information uses for indicating the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
  • a communication device in a ninth aspect, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the communication device to perform information interaction with other communication devices, when the program instruction is in the at least one When executed in the processor, the communication device is made to realize the function of the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect on any of the following nodes: the source node, the target node.
  • a computer-readable storage medium has program instructions, and when the program instructions are directly or indirectly executed, make any one of the first to fourth aspects described above In the implementation manner, the functions on any of the following devices are realized: the source node, the target node.
  • a chip system the chip system includes at least one processor, and when program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, any one of the foregoing first to fourth aspects is implemented
  • the function of the triggering method in the method can be realized on any one of the following devices: the source node and the target node.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a computer program that, when the computer program is executed in at least one processor, causes the triggering method in any of the implementation manners of the foregoing first to fourth aspects to be performed on any of the following devices
  • the function is realized: the source node, the target node.
  • the target node feeds back the LOS path existence status information and the positioning capability information to the source node, and the source node determines which positioning mode to use for the subsequent positioning process based on the information. That is, before the positioning process is executed, a positioning method more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can avoid unnecessary and large system overhead and improve the positioning efficiency while ensuring the accuracy.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a cooperative positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another possible application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning request signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning feedback signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning request signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning feedback signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning feedback signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and should not be understood as indicating or implying relative importance and implicitly indicating the number of the indicated technical features.
  • a reference to a "first”, “second” feature may expressly or implicitly include one or more of that feature.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • a node in this embodiment of the present application is a communication device with a wireless transceiver function, which may represent a redistribution point or a communication endpoint (such as a terminal device).
  • a node may be, for example, a user equipment, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user equipment.
  • the node may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PAD), a wireless communication capability handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, end devices in a 5G network or end devices in a public land mobile network (PLMN), or A node in a WLAN system, etc.
  • the nodes in the embodiments of the present application may be devices with wireless communication capabilities (sidelink, WiFi, Bluetooth, UWB, etc.) transmission capabilities, especially terminal devices, such as mobile phones, computers, tablets, wristbands, and smart watches. , data cards, sensors and other equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application uses a node as an example for description, but the present application does not limit this.
  • the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard "TS 22.804 positioning service performance requirement in vertical domain” defines 8 types of positioning scenarios.
  • the positioning requirements include absolute positioning and relative positioning requirements.
  • the positioning accuracy requirements cover from 5 meters to 20 centimeters, and also put forward 90%-99.9% demand for reliability.
  • SI research phase
  • the goal set is: in general commercial scenarios, the positioning accuracy meets the sub-meter positioning accuracy, and the positioning delay is 100ms;
  • IIoT industrial internet of things
  • the positioning accuracy needs to reach 20cm, and the positioning delay needs to reach the requirement of 10ms.
  • 3GPP standards are actively promoting standardization work, including radio access technology (RAT) dependent positioning based on 3GPP cellular network, global navigation satellite system (GNSS) based on non- 3GPP terrestrial network positioning technologies, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) positioning, Bluetooth positioning, terrestrial beacon system (TBS) positioning, ultra-wideband (UWB) positioning, and hybrid positioning technology, etc.
  • RAT radio access technology
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • Bluetooth positioning Bluetooth positioning
  • TBS terrestrial beacon system
  • UWB ultra-wideband
  • hybrid positioning technology etc.
  • the synchronization error during the positioning process includes the synchronization error between multiple anchor points such as base station/satellite/access point (AP), and also includes the anchor point (base station/satellite/AP, etc.) and the user equipment to be located. (user equipment, UE) synchronization error.
  • the observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) technology can effectively solve the problem of synchronization deviation between the positioning anchor point and the positioning terminal by measuring the arrival observation time difference of different anchor points by the UE, but it is required that the anchor points must be strictly synchronized.
  • multi-round trip time estimates the RTT between the UE and multiple anchor points by sending and receiving signals, and uses a trilateration algorithm to estimate the UE's
  • the two major limiting factors of multi-anchor positioning are: (1) The cell spectrum is maximized when the base station is deployed (control of co-channel interference), so there are a large number of areas where only 1-2 can be seen. Cell; (2) Uncertainty of base station location (antenna location). Therefore, if single-anchor/single-station positioning can be achieved, it is very beneficial to the ease of use and cost of cellular positioning.
  • multipath effects and signal occlusion are the main factors that affect the measurement accuracy of time of arrival (TOA)/time difference of arrival (TDOA).
  • TOA time of arrival
  • TDOA time difference of arrival
  • the bandwidth of the Wireless Location System is wider, the time resolution in the time domain is higher, and the resolution after multipath signal correlation processing is higher, but the problem of positioning error caused by multipath is still unavoidable.
  • the receiver cannot distinguish between LOS and NLOS, and the correlation peak shifts during processing, causing errors in TOA estimation; , refraction, and diffraction of wireless signals, which will also lead to deviations in TOA measurement; or, because the direct path signal is weak, the result of coherent processing is lower than the threshold and cannot be used, and accurate TOA data cannot be obtained.
  • the distance between the source node and the target node between relative positioning is relatively close, and there is a high possibility of LOS path, so the potential positioning accuracy is relatively high; 2. Since the relative positioning only occurs in the source node. Between the node and the target node, there is no need for a third party such as a positioning server to participate, so the signaling interaction process is relatively simple, and the positioning delay can be shortened.
  • relative positioning is a single-anchor point positioning technology, that is, only one anchor point is needed to realize UE positioning.
  • the single-anchor point positioning method based on multipath assistance can achieve high-precision relative positioning.
  • the premise of realizing high-precision relative positioning based on the single-anchor point technology includes: 1.
  • the transceiver can distinguish the LOS path and the NLOS path, and perform TOA measurement or RTT measurement based on the identified LOS path; 2.
  • the transceiver must have one end With multi-antenna capability (generally more than or equal to 3 antennas), it can measure the angle of arrival (AOA) or angle of departure (AOD), and combine the time of arrival (time of arrival) on the LOS path arrival, TOA) for hybrid positioning.
  • AOA angle of arrival
  • AOD angle of departure
  • TOA time of arrival
  • the multi-hop cooperative LOS path positioning method can also be realized with the help of the cooperation of other devices.
  • the multi-hop cooperation mode of the LOS path is shown in Figure 1: A wants to perform relative positioning between A and B, but there is no LOS path between A and B because there is an obstacle between A and B. But there are also C, E, and F around A and B, and there is a LOS path between A and C, a LOS path h C, B between C and B, and a LOS path h A,E between A and E.
  • source node A can first perform relative positioning with C, and then C and B perform relative positioning. After appropriate information exchange, A and B can obtain the relative positioning information of each other; in addition, source node A can also perform relative positioning with E first.
  • E and F perform relative positioning
  • F and B perform relative positioning
  • high-precision relative positioning between A and B can be achieved through signaling interaction between A, E, F, and B.
  • Cooperative positioning can break through the limitation of LOS path in relative positioning, and further improve the positioning accuracy of relative positioning in NLOS environment. But at the same time, with the increase of nodes participating in cooperative positioning, it will inevitably bring certain system overhead, including: (1) Signaling overhead increases, not only there is signaling interaction between the source node and the target node, each participating There is signaling interaction between the nodes of cooperative positioning and the nodes participating in cooperative positioning with the source node and the target node, thus greatly increasing the signaling overhead; (2) The positioning delay increases, and the essence of cooperative positioning is relative in the case of multi-hop. Therefore, the positioning delay will increase; (3) the power consumption will increase, and the nodes participating in the cooperative positioning need to perform signaling analysis and reference signal measurement, which inevitably brings additional power consumption increase. Therefore, once the source node and the target node have relative positioning requirements, it is necessary to choose whether to directly perform the relative positioning process or enter the cooperative positioning process based on certain criteria, so as to achieve a trade-off between the relative positioning accuracy and the cost.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for triggering a positioning method.
  • the source node By designing the relative positioning feedback signal (relative positioning response) fed back from the target node to the source node to carry the indication information for indicating whether the two meet the LOS positioning conditions, combined with the positioning capabilities of the source node and/or the target node, the source node can be It is determined whether the next positioning process adopts the relative positioning method or the cooperative positioning method, so as to reduce the system overhead on the premise of satisfying the effective relative positioning accuracy.
  • the relative positioning mentioned in the embodiments of the present application refers to a positioning method in which the source node and the target node to be positioned are directly relative positioned by the source node and the target node without the assistance of other surrounding nodes.
  • the two can directly perform relative positioning; and cooperative positioning refers to the process of relative positioning between the source node and the target node that needs to be assisted by surrounding nodes as shown in Figure 1.
  • Positioning can be applied to NLOS trail scenarios or to scenarios where there are LOS trails, but the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node do not support direct relative positioning.
  • relative positioning and cooperative positioning are used in this paper to represent these two positioning methods respectively.
  • FIG. 2 it is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This application can be used for relative positioning and cooperative positioning scenarios between devices with wireless communication technologies such as sidelink (sidelink), Wi-Fi, ultra wideband (UWB), and Bluetooth.
  • wireless communication technologies such as sidelink (sidelink), Wi-Fi, ultra wideband (UWB), and Bluetooth.
  • each node participating in cooperative positioning can send positioning reference signal (positioning reference signal, PRS), channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), time/frequency domain tracking reference signal (time/frequency tracking signal). , TRS) and other positioning measurement reference signals, and can have multi-antenna capability.
  • positioning reference signal positioning reference signal
  • PRS positioning reference signal
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • CSI-RS time/frequency domain tracking reference signal
  • TRS time/frequency domain tracking reference signal
  • each node can be located within the coverage of the base station, or can be located outside the coverage of the base station (as shown in (a) in Figure 2). If it is based on Wi-Fi relative positioning and cooperative positioning, each node can be located within the coverage of the AP, or can be located outside the coverage of the AP (as shown in (b) in Figure 2); If it is based on relative positioning and cooperative positioning based on Bluetooth or UWB, the node can be located either within the coverage of the anchor, or outside the coverage of the anchor (as shown in (c) in Figure 2).
  • the triggering method of the positioning mode provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an indoor positioning scenario.
  • FIG 3 taking the positioning of smart speakers as an example, when the user uses two smart speakers (Smart Influence 1 and Smart Speaker 2) for stereo playback, Smart Speaker 1 and Smart Speaker 2 need to know each other's positions, but due to The two speakers may be blocked by other devices such as TV sets, so there is no LOS path between the smart speakers.
  • the smart speaker 1 can perform cooperative positioning through other devices in the room, such as mobile phones, tablet computers, smart watches, routers, and the like.
  • the smart speaker 1 can be positioned relative to the tablet computer first, the tablet PC can be positioned relative to the user's mobile phone or smart watch, the mobile phone or smart watch can be positioned relative to the smart speaker 2, and finally the intelligent Positioning between speaker 1 and smart speaker 2.
  • the above-mentioned cooperative positioning method between smart speakers may occur during the initial connection.
  • the source node and the target node in the embodiment of the present application may also be a variety of other devices, for example, the source node and the target node are mobile phones of the same user or different users, in this case, the cooperative node may be a smart watch, a tablet computer, etc. equipment.
  • the source node and the target node in the embodiments of the present application may be various terminals with positioning function and wireless communication capability, and are not limited to the devices mentioned in the above examples.
  • the source node judges whether there is an LOS path between the two based on the information fed back by the target node, and selects the positioning mode based on the judgment result, thereby realizing the positioning.
  • FIG. 4 it is a schematic diagram of a triggering method of a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is applied to the source node and the target node, including the following steps:
  • the source node may be a node to be located that sends a positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the source node and/or the target node may be a multi-antenna capable terminal.
  • the first positioning measurement reference signal here may be PRS, CSI-RS, or TRS, or the like.
  • the first positioning measurement reference signal here may be, for example, an aperiodic PRS signal, an aperiodic CSI-RS, an aperiodic TRS signal, or the like.
  • the first positioning measurement reference signal may be carried in a positioning request message, such as a relative positioning request message (relative positioning request); it may also be sent to the target node as a separate signaling process after the source node sends the positioning request message to the target node. target node.
  • a positioning request message such as a relative positioning request message (relative positioning request)
  • relative positioning request message relative positioning request
  • S402 Receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the positioning feedback message may be a relative positioning feedback message (relative positioning response) correspondingly.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the first indication information may be LOS path state indication information, or LOS existence state indication information.
  • the LOS path condition mentioned in this application may be whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node. Among them, when the LOS condition is satisfied, there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node; when the LOS condition is not satisfied, there is no LOS path between the source node and the target node.
  • the target node may determine whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node based on the first positioning measurement reference signal received in step S301.
  • the judgment of the target node on the LOS path can adopt various existing methods, and the judgment methods include but are not limited to the following methods: (1) According to the two statistics of the Rice factor and the skewness of the effective signal of the positioning measurement reference signal The eigenvalues are judged based on the conditional probability density and the threshold; (2) The variation law of the phase difference variance of the NLOS and LOS antennas is explored according to the phase angle; (3) The NLOS and LOS paths are judged according to the phase variance factor between the antennas; (4) LOS path identification based on artificial intelligence (AI) technology.
  • AI artificial intelligence
  • the positioning mode between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node.
  • the source node when the source node judges that the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the first indication information, it may be determined to use a relative positioning method for positioning; or, when the source node judges the source node and the target node according to the first indication information.
  • the LOS path condition is not satisfied between the nodes, it may be further determined to use a cooperative positioning method for positioning according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node.
  • the positioning capability mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may mainly refer to the number of antennas of a node.
  • the positioning capability may also include the positioning bandwidth supported by the node, and the positioning bandwidth may affect the final positioning method after the positioning method is determined.
  • the positioning bandwidth of the source node and the target node is large (for example, supporting 100MHz), it also means that the time resolution is strong, so positioning methods such as TOA/TDOA/RTT can be used;
  • the positioning bandwidth is small, which means that the time resolution of the signal is weak, so the carrier phase positioning and angle positioning methods can be used.
  • the source node determines the subsequent positioning mode according to the LOS path status indication information fed back by the target node, which can save signaling overhead on the basis of ensuring positioning accuracy.
  • the source node in addition to determining the positioning method based on the LOS path condition, can also make the aforementioned judgment in combination with the LOS path condition and the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of another method for triggering a positioning manner provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may further include the following steps:
  • the source node may send a positioning request message to the target node before positioning, for example, the positioning request message may be a relative positioning request message (relative position request).
  • the positioning request message may be a relative positioning request message (relative position request).
  • the positioning request message may include third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the third indication information may be, for example, aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal video resource indication information.
  • the source node sends the first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node, and the target node receives the first positioning measurement reference signal on the designated first time-frequency resource.
  • the source node may also send positioning capability request information (capability request) to the target node.
  • the positioning capability request information may be carried in the positioning request message; it may also be designed as a separate signaling process.
  • the location capability request information can be designed as: Separate signaling process; or, when the location capability of the source node and the target node is weak, the supported location methods are few, and the corresponding location capability indication information is small, in order to simplify the location process, the location capability request information can be It is carried in the request request message and sent to the target node.
  • the source node may also carry fourth indication information in the location capability request information, where the fourth indication information may be source node location capability indication information, and is used to indicate to the target node the location capability supported by the source node.
  • fourth indication information may be source node location capability indication information, and is used to indicate to the target node the location capability supported by the source node.
  • the positioning capability mentioned in this embodiment of the present application refers to the number of antennas of the node, and may also include the positioning bandwidth supported by the node, and the like.
  • S502 Receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the target node sends second indication information to the source node based on the positioning request information, where the second indication information may be target node positioning capability feedback information (capability response), which is used to indicate to the source node the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the second indication information may be target node positioning capability feedback information (capability response), which is used to indicate to the source node the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a positioning feedback message sent by the target node to the source node; or, it may also be designed as a separate signaling process.
  • the target node may carry the second indication information in the positioning feedback message; or, when the source node sends the positioning information to the target node separately When the capability request information is requested, the target node may also send the second indication information to the source node independently.
  • S503 Determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the source node can respectively parse out the information of the LOS path existence state and the positioning capability information of the target node according to the positioning feedback message and the second indication information, and then, when the LOS path exists, according to the positioning of the source node and/or the target node. ability and further determine the positioning method with the target node based on preset criteria.
  • positioning mode mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may include relative positioning or cooperative positioning.
  • the positioning capability in this embodiment of the present application mainly refers to the positioning capability of the relevant node, but may also include other aspects, such as the positioning bandwidth supported by the node.
  • the preset criteria for the source node to determine the positioning method may include the following:
  • the source node determines, according to the first indication information, that the LOS path condition between the source node and the target node is satisfied (the LOS path exists), and the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, determine the source node
  • the relative positioning method is adopted with the target node, and the relative positioning process can be entered later.
  • the source node judges according to the first indication information that the LOS path condition between the source node and the target node is satisfied (there is an LOS path), and the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, determine the source node.
  • the cooperative positioning method is adopted with the target node, and the cooperative positioning process can be entered later.
  • the first threshold here may be 3, for example.
  • the target node sends the LOS path status indication information and the positioning capability indication information to the source node according to the source node, and then the source node determines the subsequent positioning process according to the information.
  • the target node can also send a second time-frequency resource indication to the source node, instructing the source node to perform positioning measurements on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the LOS path detection is performed by the source end.
  • the target node may carry fifth indication information in the positioning feedback message, where the fifth indication information may be indication information of the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal, and is used to indicate the second positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the second positioning measurement reference signal is a reference signal sent by the target node to the source node and used by the source node to determine the LOS path status between it and the target node.
  • the source node parses the fifth indication information from the information sent by the target node, it can be used to indicate that the LOS path status indication information (ie the first indication information) in the positioning feedback message is invalid or unreliable.
  • the source node After the source node completes the LOS path detection by itself, it can only select the result of its own detection and judgment; or the source node can also combine the LOS path status result of its own detection and judgment and the LOS path status result parsed from the positioning feedback message to determine the LOS path. state of existence.
  • S602 Receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, and the fifth indication The information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the target node has relatively strong antenna capability and is capable of judging whether there is a LOS path currently based on the measurement reference signal sent by the source node to the target node.
  • a positioning measurement reference signal determines whether there is an LOS path with the source node.
  • the positioning feedback message sent by the target node to the source node does not need to indicate the second time-frequency resource of the second positioning measurement reference signal, and the source node does not need to It is sufficient to perform the LOS path indication by oneself, but directly obtain the LOS path status indication information in the positioning feedback message.
  • the location capability can be The request signal and the positioning capability response signal are designed as separate signaling processes, instead of carrying the positioning capability request indication information and the positioning capability response indication information in the relative positioning request signal and the relative positioning response signal respectively.
  • FIG. 7 a schematic flowchart of a triggering method of a positioning mode applied in the above scenario is provided. Include the following steps:
  • the source node sends a positioning request message to the target node.
  • the positioning request message may be a relative positioning request signal (relative positioning request).
  • the positioning request message may carry at least third indication information, where the third indication information is indication information of the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal, such as time-frequency resource indication information of the aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the schematic structure of the positioning request signal can be shown in FIG. 8 , the source node carries the time-frequency resource indication information needed for the target node to perform the positioning measurement reference signal in the relative positioning request message, and informs the target terminal.
  • the source node sends a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
  • the first positioning measurement reference signal may be a positioning measurement reference signal, including but not limited to: aperiodic PRS signal, aperiodic CSI-RS signal, aperiodic TRS signal, and the like.
  • the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries the first indication information.
  • the target node receives the positioning request message, and receives the first positioning measurement reference signal on the designated first time-frequency resource.
  • the target node determines whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node based on the received first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries at least first indication information to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, whether there is an LOS path.
  • the target terminal node may, for example, judge whether the LOS path exists or not according to the aperiodic measurement reference signal sent by the source node, and carry the judged result in a positioning feedback message and feed it back to the source node.
  • FIG. 9 a schematic structure of the positioning feedback message is shown in FIG. 9 , wherein the LOS path existence status indication in the positioning feedback message fed back by the target node to the source node may specifically refer to whether the source node and the target node exist or not. Indication information of the LOS path.
  • the target node and the source node can use 1-bit indication information to represent the LOS path existence state. For example, if there is an LOS path, it is represented by a bit "1"; if there is no LOS path, it is represented by a bit "0". Of course, if there is an LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "0"; if there is no LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "1".
  • the source node sends positioning capability request information to the target node.
  • the positioning capability request information may be, for example, a relative positioning capability request signal (capability request).
  • the location capability request information may further carry fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information may be the location capability indication information of the source node itself, and is used to indicate the location capability of the source node to the target node.
  • the target node sends positioning capability feedback information to the source node.
  • the target node receives the location capability request information sent by the source node, and in response to the location capability request information, sends location capability feedback information to the source node.
  • the positioning capability feedback information carries second indication information, and the second indication information may be target node positioning capability indication information (capability response), which is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node to the source node.
  • target node positioning capability indication information capability response
  • the source node determines the positioning mode according to the first indication information and the positioning capability feedback information.
  • the source node parses out the LOS path existence status information and the target node positioning capability information respectively, and determines the subsequent entry into relative positioning based on the preset criteria.
  • the process is also a collaborative positioning process.
  • the preset criteria for the source node to determine to adopt the positioning method may include the following:
  • the positioning capability can be mainly the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node, where:
  • the source node and/or the target node When the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a relative positioning method, and the relative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
  • the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method, and the cooperative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
  • the first threshold here may be 3, for example.
  • the location request message sent by the source node does not carry the location capability request information
  • the location feedback message fed back by the target node does not carry the second indication information for indicating the location capability of the target node.
  • the node may request to query the positioning capability of the target node by separately sending the positioning capability request information, and the target node may separately send the second indication information to the source node, so that the source node obtains the positioning capability information of the target node.
  • the indication mode of the capability request (request capabilities) and the capability feedback (provid capabilities) in the cellular/base station positioning in the R16 version which will not be repeated here.
  • the relative positioning request signal can be carried by the 2nd-SCI in the PSCCH (Physical sidelink control channel, PSCCH) channel
  • the aperiodic positioning measurement reference signal can be aperiodic PRS signal, aperiodic CSI-RS Or aperiodic TRS signal, and carried on the Physical sidelink share channel (Physical sidelink share channel, PSSCH).
  • the source node can configure the aperiodic CSI-RS measurement reference signal and the time-frequency resources of the aperiodic CSI report of the target terminal through PC5-RRC signaling, and the corresponding CSI reporting and relative positioning response signal can be completed through MAC-CE. Further, such a process design and signaling format are not only applicable to sidelink relative positioning under the mode outside the network coverage (model2), but also applicable to the relative positioning of the sidelink under the mode (mode1) within the network coverage.
  • the target node feeds back the LOS path existence status information and the positioning capability information to the source node, and the source node determines which positioning method to use for the subsequent positioning process based on the information. That is, before the positioning process is executed, a positioning mode that is more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can avoid a large amount of unnecessary system overhead while ensuring the accuracy.
  • Another possible scenario is: when the source node and the target node support less positioning methods and the corresponding positioning capability indication information is less, in order to simplify the positioning process, the positioning and positioning capability request information and the positioning capability feedback information can be separately carried in the positioning request message and the positioning feedback message.
  • FIG. 10 a schematic flowchart of a method for triggering a positioning method applied in the above scenario is provided. Include the following steps:
  • the source node sends a positioning request message to the target node.
  • the positioning request message may be a relative positioning request signal (relative positioning request), and the request message may carry at least third indication information, where the third indication information is an indication of the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal information, such as aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource indication information.
  • the location request message also carries location capability request information (capability request), which is used to request the target node to query its location capability.
  • capability request location capability request information
  • the schematic structure of the positioning request signal may be as shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the positioning request message also includes positioning capability request information, that is, instructing the target node to provide its own support to the source node. location capability indication information.
  • the location capability request information may also include the location capability supported by the source node itself, so as to provide the target node with the location capability supported by the source node.
  • the source node sends a positioning first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
  • the first positioning measurement reference signal may include, but is not limited to, an aperiodic PRS signal, an aperiodic CSI-RS signal, an aperiodic TRS signal, and the like.
  • the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the first indication information may be LOS path existence status indication information, which is used to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, whether there is an LOS path.
  • the second indication information may be positioning capability indication information of the target node, which is used to indicate the positioning capability supported by the target node.
  • the target node receives the positioning request message, and receives the first positioning measurement reference signal on the designated first time-frequency resource.
  • the target node determines whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node based on the received first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, and the positioning feedback message carries at least the first indication information and the second indication information to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, whether there is an LOS path, and the target node. Node positioning capability.
  • the target node can, for example, judge whether the LOS path exists between it and the source node according to the aperiodic positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node, and carry the judged result in the relative positioning feedback message for feedback. to the source node.
  • a schematic structure of the positioning feedback message may be shown in FIG. 12 , where the LOS path existence status indication in the positioning feedback message fed back by the target node to the source node may specifically refer to whether the source node and the target node have storage or not.
  • There is indication information of the LOS path which is used to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; the positioning capability feedback information is used to indicate the positioning capability supported by the target node.
  • the LOS path presence status can be represented by 1-bit indication information. For example, if there is an LOS path, it is represented by a bit “1"; if there is no LOS path, it is represented by a bit "0". Of course, if there is an LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "0"; if there is no LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "1".
  • the source node determines the positioning mode according to the positioning feedback message.
  • the source node parses the LOS path existence state information and the target node positioning capability information according to the positioning feedback message received in the above step S803, and determines whether to enter the relative positioning process or the cooperative positioning process subsequently based on the preset criteria.
  • the preset criteria for the source node to determine to adopt the positioning method may include the following:
  • the source node and/or the target node When the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a relative positioning method, and the relative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
  • the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method, and the cooperative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
  • the first threshold may be 3, for example.
  • the design of the positioning capability request message and the positioning capability feedback message may refer to the bearer mode of the capability request (request capabilities) and capability feedback (provid capabilities) in the cellular/base station positioning in the R16 version, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 carries the positioning capability request information and positioning capability feedback information in the positioning request message respectively. with the positioning feedback signal.
  • the above design can simplify the relative positioning-cooperative positioning negotiation process.
  • the target node feeds back the LOS path existence status information and the positioning capability information to the source node, and the source node determines which positioning method to use for the subsequent positioning process based on the information. That is, before the positioning process is executed, a positioning mode that is more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can avoid redundant system overhead while ensuring the accuracy.
  • Another possible scenario is: due to the weak capability of the target node or insufficient antenna capability, even if the source node sends a reference signal for positioning measurement to the target node, the capability of the target node is not sufficient to support it to determine whether or not based on the measurement reference signal.
  • LOS trails exist.
  • the target node may instruct the source node to perform positioning measurement reference signal measurement on the corresponding time-frequency resource in the positioning feedback message sent to the node, and the source node performs LOS path detection.
  • the source node parses the positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource (such as aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource) indication information in the signaling sent by the target node, it indicates the LOS path status information in the feedback message. (ie, the first indication information) is invalid or unreliable.
  • the source node can detect the existence state of the LOS path between itself and the target node according to the time-frequency resource indication information and the positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node. After the source node completes the LOS path detection by itself, it can only select the result of its own detection and judgment; alternatively, the source node can also combine the LOS path status result of its own detection and judgment and the LOS path status result parsed from the feedback message.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource such as aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource
  • This embodiment may be implemented based on the scenario of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7 , or may also be implemented based on the scenario of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 . The following description is based on the scenario of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 13 a schematic flowchart of a method for triggering a positioning method applied in the above scenario is provided. Include the following steps:
  • the source node sends a positioning request message to the target node.
  • the source node sends a positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
  • the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries the first indication information, the second indication information and the fifth indication information.
  • steps S1301 to S1303 are similar to steps S1001 to S1003 , and the specific description can refer to the description of the corresponding steps above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the positioning feedback message in step S1303 carries the aforementioned first indication information and second indication information to indicate the difference between the LOS path existence state between the target node and the source node and the positioning capability of the target node, respectively.
  • fifth indication information is also carried.
  • the fifth indication information may be second time-frequency resource indication information corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal, and is used to indicate the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal of the source node.
  • the second positioning measurement reference signal is a positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node to the source node, and is used to enable the source node to determine the LOS path existence state between it and the target node according to the second positioning measurement reference signal, and also That is, it is judged whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the source node After the source node parses the fifth indication information in the positioning feedback message, it may indicate that the LOS path existence state indicated by the currently received first indication information is invalid or unreliable.
  • the target node since the capability of the target node is not sufficient to support its determination of the existence state of the LOS path with the source node based on the positioning measurement reference signal, it sends the location information to the source node in step S1303.
  • the first indication information carried in the feedback message may be invalid or unreliable, therefore, the target node may send a positioning measurement reference signal for LOS path determination to the source node again.
  • the target node sends a second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node.
  • the source node receives the corresponding second positioning measurement reference signal in the designated second time-frequency resource based on the received fifth indication information sent by the target node.
  • the second positioning measurement reference signal may include, but is not limited to, an aperiodic PRS signal, an aperiodic CSI-RS signal, an aperiodic TRS signal, and the like.
  • the source node determines a positioning method according to the second indication information and in combination with the LOS path existence state information obtained by its own measurement.
  • the source node can also combine the first indication information, the second indication information in the positioning feedback message, and the LOS path existence status information obtained by itself based on the positioning measurement reference signal, and judge based on preset criteria that the next step is to enter relative positioning. The process still enters the collaborative positioning process.
  • the structure of the positioning feedback message in this embodiment may be as shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the positioning measurement reference signal used by the source node to determine the LOS path.
  • Time-frequency resource indication information where the positioning measurement reference signal may be, for example, an aperiodic measurement reference signal.
  • the target node After the target node sends the positioning feedback message, it also sends a message for the source node to determine whether the LOS path exists. Positioning the measurement reference signal, and indicating the time-frequency resource of the aperiodic measurement reference signal in the positioning feedback message. This embodiment can well solve the situation that whether there is an LOS path cannot be determined based on the relative positioning measurement reference signal due to weak target node capability or insufficient antenna capability.
  • the target node sends a positioning measurement reference signal and the time-frequency resource corresponding to the reference signal to the source node, and the source node determines whether there is an LOS with the target node based on the information.
  • the specific positioning method to be used in the subsequent positioning process is determined. That is, before the positioning process is executed, the positioning method that is more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can ensure the accuracy. In the case of avoiding redundant system overhead.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of a communication node.
  • the communication node 1500 includes a sending unit 1501 , a receiving unit 1502 and a processing unit 1503 .
  • the sending unit 1501 may be configured to send the first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
  • the receiving unit 1502 may be configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the processing unit 1503 may be configured to determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node according to the first indication information.
  • the processing unit 1503 may be specifically configured to: when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determine that the source node and the target node do not meet the LOS condition.
  • the target node adopts multi-node cooperative positioning; when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node , and determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
  • the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the processing unit 1503 may also be configured to: when judging that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, determine that the source node and the target node use relative Or, when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
  • the sending unit 1501 may be further configured to send positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the receiving unit 1502 may also be configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the sending unit 1501 may also be configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first positioning measurement reference signal corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal. time-frequency resources.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the processing module 1503 may also be configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; the receiving unit 1502 can also be used to The indication information is to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the processing unit 1503 may also be configured to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; When the information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0; When the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through the physical measurement link control channel PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted to the target node through the physical sidelink shared channel PSSCH.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of another communication node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication node 1600 includes a receiving unit 1601 , a processing unit 1602 and a sending unit 1603 .
  • the receiving unit 1601 may be configured to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node.
  • the processing unit 1602 may be configured to determine, according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the sending unit 1603 may be configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the receiving unit 1601 may also be configured to receive the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the processing unit 1602 may also be configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the positioning capability request message.
  • the sending unit 1603 may also be configured to send second indication information to the source node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the receiving unit 1601 may also be configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first positioning measurement reference signal corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal. Time-frequency resources.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; the sending unit 1603 can also be used to send a message to the source node.
  • the sent second positioning measurement reference signal where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied , the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through the PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted to the target node through the PSSCH.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1700 includes at least one processor 1701, a communication interface 1702, and a memory 1703.
  • the communication interface is used for the communication device to exchange information with other communication devices.
  • the memory stores computer program instructions. When executed in the at least one processor, the communication device implements the function of the triggering method of the positioning mode described above on any one of the following nodes: the source node and the target node.
  • the processor 1701 , the communication interface 1702 and the memory 1703 are connected to each other through a bus 1704 .
  • the bus 1704 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like.
  • the bus 1704 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 17, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a non-volatile storage medium, where one or more program codes are stored in the non-volatile storage medium.
  • the processor 1701 of the communication device 1700 executes the program codes
  • the communication device 1700 The function of the triggering method for executing the positioning method described above can be realized on any one of the following nodes: the source node and the target node.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer or processor is run on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor is made to execute any one of the above methods. or multiple steps.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions.
  • the computer program product when run on a computer or processor, causes the computer or processor to perform one or more steps of any of the above methods.
  • the communication nodes, communication devices, computer-readable storage media, computer program products, and chips provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application are all used to execute the methods provided above. Therefore, for the beneficial effects that can be achieved, reference may be made to those provided above. The beneficial effects corresponding to the method are not repeated here.
  • Embodiment 1 provides a method for triggering a positioning method, wherein, applied to a source node, the method includes:
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node;
  • the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node. Describe the positioning method between target nodes.
  • Embodiment 2 the triggering method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node
  • the positioning methods between specifically include:
  • the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method
  • Embodiment 3 the triggering method according to Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, wherein the method further includes:
  • Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 4 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 1-3, wherein the method further includes:
  • the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 5 the triggering method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 6 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 1-5, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the method also includes:
  • the positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  • Embodiment 7 The triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 4-6, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • Embodiment 8 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 1-7, wherein the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal; the method further includes:
  • the second positioning measurement reference signal it is determined whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Embodiment 10 the method according to any one of Embodiments 1-9, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • Embodiment 11 a method for triggering a positioning method, wherein, applied to a target node, comprising:
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • Embodiment 12 the triggering method according to Embodiment 11, wherein the method further comprises:
  • Embodiment 13 the triggering method according to Embodiment 11 or 12, wherein the method further comprises:
  • a positioning request message sent by the source node is received, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 14 the triggering method according to Embodiment 13, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 15 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 12-14, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • Embodiment 16 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 11-15, wherein the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second positioning measurement reference signal corresponding second time-frequency resources; the method further includes:
  • the second positioning measurement reference signal sent to the source node where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Embodiment 18 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 11-17, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • Embodiment 19 a method for triggering a positioning method, wherein, applied to a source node, comprising:
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS is satisfied between the source node and the target node condition, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal;
  • the source node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node and the positioning method between the target node.
  • Embodiment 20 the triggering method according to Embodiment 19, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; and the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node
  • the positioning methods between specifically include:
  • the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method
  • Embodiment 21 the triggering method according to Embodiment 19 or 20, wherein the method further comprises:
  • Embodiment 22 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 19-21, wherein the method further comprises:
  • the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  • Embodiment 25 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 22-24, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • Embodiment 27 the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 19-26, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Embodiment 28 a method for triggering a positioning method, applied to a target node, includes:
  • the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal frequency resources;
  • Embodiment 29 the triggering method according to Embodiment 28, wherein the method further comprises:
  • Embodiment 31 the triggering method according to Embodiment 30, wherein the positioning request message includes positioning capability request information, and the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • Embodiment 35 provides a communication node, including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight is satisfied between the source node and the target node LOS condition;
  • a processing unit configured to determine that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning mode when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node;
  • the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node. The positioning method between nodes.
  • Embodiment 37 The communication node according to Embodiment 35 or Embodiment 36, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send location capability request information to the target node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query all Describe the positioning capability of the target node;
  • Embodiment 38 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-37, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes a third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 41 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 38-40, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • Embodiment 42 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-41, wherein the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference a second time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal; the receiving unit is further configured to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Embodiment 44 the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-43, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node
  • a sending unit configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node .
  • Embodiment 46 the communication node according to Embodiment 45, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 47 The communication node according to Embodiment 45 or 46, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the The third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 48 the communication node according to Embodiment 47, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 49 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 46-48, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • Embodiment 50 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 45-49, wherein the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference signal the corresponding second time-frequency resource; the sending unit is further configured to send the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine the source Whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the node and the target node.
  • Embodiment 51 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 45-50, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Embodiment 52 the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 45-51, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • Embodiment 53 a communication node, comprising:
  • a sending unit configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node
  • a processing unit configured to determine that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning mode when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node;
  • the source node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node and the positioning method between the target node.
  • Embodiment 54 the communication node according to Embodiment 53, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; and the processing unit is configured to determine the source node according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node The positioning method between the target node and the target node, specifically including:
  • Embodiment 55 The communication node according to Embodiment 53 or 54, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the target Node positioning capability;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 56 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 53-55, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes a third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 57 the communication node according to Embodiment 56, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 58 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 53-57, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the processing unit is further configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Embodiment 61 the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 53-60, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • Embodiment 62 a communication node, comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node
  • a sending unit configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal; sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 64 The communication node according to Embodiment 62 or 63, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the The third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 65 the communication node according to Embodiment 64, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 66 The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 62-65, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • Embodiment 67 the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 62-66, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • Embodiment 70 The communication device of Embodiment 69, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
  • Embodiment 71 The communication device of embodiment 69 or embodiment 70, wherein when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
  • Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 72 the communication apparatus of any one of Embodiments 69-71, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
  • the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 73 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 72, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 75 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 72-74, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • Embodiment 80 the communication apparatus of Embodiment 79, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
  • Embodiment 81 when the instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
  • Embodiment 84 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 79-83, wherein the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference signal The corresponding second time-frequency resource; when the instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
  • the second positioning measurement reference signal sent to the source node where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  • Embodiment 85 the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 79-84, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS is satisfied between the source node and the target node condition, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; according to the fifth indication information, the second time-frequency resource is received by the target node. a second positioning measurement reference signal;
  • the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node positioning between.
  • Embodiment 88 the communication device of Embodiment 87, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
  • Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 90 the communication apparatus of any one of Embodiments 87-89, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
  • the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 91 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 90, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • the positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Embodiment 95 the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 87-94, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • a positioning feedback message is sent to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second positioning measurement reference signal corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
  • time-frequency resources sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the positioning capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 98 the communication device of embodiment 96 or 97, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication device to perform the following steps:
  • a positioning request message sent by the source node is received, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • Embodiment 99 the communication apparatus according to Embodiment 98, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 100 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 96-99, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • Embodiment 101 the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 96-100, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • Embodiment 103 a communication system, comprising a source node and a target node, wherein the source node is configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
  • the target node receives the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; determines whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal; and sends a positioning feedback message to the source node,
  • the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node;
  • the source node receives a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method; when according to the first indication When the information determines that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the positioning between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node Way.
  • Embodiment 104 the communication system according to Embodiment 103, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node determines the source node and the target node according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node
  • the positioning methods between specifically include:
  • the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method
  • Embodiment 105 according to the communication system of Embodiment 103 and Embodiment 104, the source node sends the location capability request information to the target node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
  • the target node receives the positioning capability request information sent by the source node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node; and sends second indication information to the source node according to the positioning capability request information, the The second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the source node receives the second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 106 According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 103 to 105, a source node sends a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third The indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the target node receives the positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  • Embodiment 108 According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 103 to 107, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the source node The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  • the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  • the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the position corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate the position corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
  • second time-frequency resource the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node to the source node, the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine the relationship between the source node and the target node Whether the LOS condition is satisfied.
  • the source node receives the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information; Whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the target nodes.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • Embodiment 113 a communication system, comprising a source node and a target node, wherein the source node sends a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
  • the target node receives the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication
  • the information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node;
  • the source node receives a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the relationship between the source node and the target node satisfies the visual requirements.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; the second positioning measurement reference signal; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determine that the source node and the target node use Cooperative positioning method; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node, determine The positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
  • the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node is configured to, when judging that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, Determine that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, when it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, determine that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; The cooperative positioning method.
  • Embodiment 115 According to the communication system according to Embodiment 113 or Embodiment 114, the source node is configured to send location capability request information to the target node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location of the target node ability;
  • the target node is configured to receive the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node; send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information , the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node;
  • the source node is configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  • the source node is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information,
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal;
  • the target node is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal frequency resources.
  • Embodiment 117 According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 116, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location of the target node ability.
  • the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the source node is further configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
  • Embodiment 119 According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 116 to 118, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
  • the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
  • the first indication information When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
  • the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal PRS Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  • Embodiment 122 is a computer program product, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method involved in any of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 34.
  • Embodiment 123 A computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer can execute the steps involved in any of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 34. method.
  • Embodiment 124 is a chip, where the chip includes a processor, and when the processor executes an instruction, the processor is configured to execute the method involved in any of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 34.
  • the instruction can come from memory inside the chip or from memory outside the chip.
  • the chip further includes an input and output circuit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted over a computer-readable storage medium. The computer instructions can be sent from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center for transmission.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • the process can be completed by instructing the relevant hardware by a computer program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the program When the program is executed , which may include the processes of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: ROM or random storage memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of positioning, and provided therein are a positioning means triggering method and a communication device. The triggering method comprises: sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, the positioning feedback message comprising first indication information, and the first indication information being used to indicate whether a line-of-sight (LOS) condition is satisfied between a source node and the target node; and determining a positioning means between the source node and the target node according to the first indication information. The triggering method determines, according to whether a LOS path exists between a source node and a target node, a specific positioning means used in a subsequent positioning process, a large amount of system overhead may be avoided and positioning efficiency may be improved while ensuring positioning accuracy.

Description

定位方式的触发方法及通信装置Triggering method and communication device of positioning mode
本申请要求于2020年07月28日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010740596.4、申请名称为“一种显示5G图标的方法”的中国专利申请,以及于2020年09月09日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010942759.7、申请名称为“定位方式的触发方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires a Chinese patent application with the application number 202010740596.4 and the application title "A method for displaying 5G icons" to be submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on July 28, 2020, and to be submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on September 9, 2020 Bureau, the application number is 202010942759.7, and the application title is "Triggering method of positioning method and communication device" The priority of the Chinese patent application, the entire content of which is incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种定位方式的触发方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method for triggering a positioning method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
现有的包括车联网、智能驾驶、室内导航定位、智慧工厂、智能仓储都对高精度定位有强的需求。除了这些垂直行业,消费类终端设备对高精度定位也有新的需求,包括物品定位跟踪、精准数据传输、智能支付、智能推送、智能钥匙等。Existing vehicles including Internet of Vehicles, intelligent driving, indoor navigation and positioning, smart factories, and smart warehousing all have strong demands for high-precision positioning. In addition to these vertical industries, consumer terminal equipment also has new requirements for high-precision positioning, including item positioning and tracking, accurate data transmission, smart payment, smart push, and smart keys.
在很多场景下,待定位的源节点和目标节点并不需要相互之间的绝对定位信息(如绝对坐标)而只需要相对定位信息(如距离信息或角度信息)。但实际的很多场景下,有相对定位需求的双方之间并不存在视距(line of sight,LOS)径,从而会降低相对定位的定位精度。但与此同时,虽然相对定位双方之间并不存在LOS径,但如果能够基于周围设备的协作,则可以通过必要的信令交互人为的构建存在LOS径的多跳协作方式。协作定位能够突破相对定位中LOS径的限制,进一步提高非视距(non line of sight,NLOS)环境下相对定位的定位精度。然而,随着参与协作定位节点的增多,又不可避免的会带来一定的系统开销。In many scenarios, the source node and the target node to be located do not need mutual absolute positioning information (eg absolute coordinates) but only relative positioning information (eg distance information or angle information). However, in many actual scenarios, there is no line of sight (LOS) path between two parties with relative positioning requirements, which will reduce the positioning accuracy of relative positioning. But at the same time, although there is no LOS path between the two relative positioning parties, if it can be based on the cooperation of surrounding devices, a multi-hop cooperation mode with LOS path can be artificially constructed through necessary signaling interaction. Cooperative positioning can break through the limitation of LOS diameter in relative positioning, and further improve the positioning accuracy of relative positioning in non-line of sight (NLOS) environment. However, with the increase of nodes participating in cooperative positioning, it will inevitably bring a certain system overhead.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供了一种定位方式的触发方法,通过由待定位的源节点基于与目标节点之间的LOS径存在状态,结合定位能力,确定采用与当前场景适用的相对定位方式或协作定位方式,能够解决系统开销大的问题。The present application provides a method for triggering a positioning method, through which a source node to be located determines to adopt a relative positioning method or a cooperative positioning method suitable for the current scene based on the existence state of the LOS path between the source node and the target node, combined with the positioning capability, It can solve the problem of high system overhead.
第一方面,提供了一种定位方式的触发方法,应用于源节点,包括:向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位;当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。In a first aspect, a method for triggering a positioning method is provided, which is applied to a source node and includes: sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes a first positioning measurement reference signal. an indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; when it is determined according to the first indication information that there is no distance between the source node and the target node When the LOS condition is satisfied, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt cooperative positioning; when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the The positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node is used to determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
其中,源节点可以为待定位的终端设备,如手机、电脑、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、数据卡、传感器等设备。The source node may be a terminal device to be located, such as a mobile phone, a computer, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a data card, a sensor, and other devices.
可选地,源节点和目标节点可以通过3GPP侧行链路(sidelink)通信,或者通过Wi-Fi、蓝牙、超宽带UWB等方式进行通信。Optionally, the source node and the target node may communicate through a 3GPP sidelink, or communicate through Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, ultra-wideband UWB, or the like.
可选地,第一定位测量参考信号可以是本文中所说的用于定位测量的非周期参考信号。具体地,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于:非周期PRS信号、非周期CSI-RS信号、非周期TRS信号等。Optionally, the first positioning measurement reference signal may be the aperiodic reference signal used for positioning measurement mentioned herein. Specifically, the positioning measurement reference signals include but are not limited to: aperiodic PRS signals, aperiodic CSI-RS signals, aperiodic TRS signals, and the like.
可选地,目标节点根据第一定位测量参考信号判断与源节点之间是否满足LOS径条件,并将用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS径条件的第一指示信息承载于定位反馈消息发送发送至源节点。Optionally, the target node judges whether the LOS path condition is satisfied with the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, and carries the first indication information for indicating whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node in the location. Feedback messages are sent to the source node.
应理解,源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS条件可以指:源节点和目标节点之间是否存在LOS径。其中,当源节点和目标节点之间满足LOS径条件时,代表源节点和目标节点之间存在LOS径;当源节点和目标节点之间步满足LOS径条件时,代表源节点和目标节点之间不存在LOS径。It should be understood that whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node may refer to whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node. Among them, when the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, it means that there is a LOS path between the source node and the target node; There is no LOS trail in between.
应理解,当源节点和目标节点之间存在对无线通信信号造成遮挡的障碍物,会导致无线信号无法无遮挡地在源节点和目标节点之间传输,此时,源节点和目标节点若采用相对定位,会使定位精度大大降低。因此,判断源节点和目标节点之间是否存在LOS径,是判断源节点和目标节点之间采用相对定位还是协作定位的重要因素。It should be understood that when there is an obstacle that blocks the wireless communication signal between the source node and the target node, the wireless signal cannot be transmitted between the source node and the target node without being blocked. Relative positioning will greatly reduce the positioning accuracy. Therefore, judging whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node is an important factor for judging whether the source node and the target node adopt relative positioning or cooperative positioning.
本申请实施例所说的定位方式可以包括协作定位方式和相对定位方式。当确定所采用的定位方式后,可以利用该定位方式对应的具体的定位方法实现定位。The positioning methods mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may include cooperative positioning methods and relative positioning methods. After the adopted positioning mode is determined, the positioning can be realized by using a specific positioning method corresponding to the positioning mode.
示例性的,当源节点和目标节点之间采用协作定位方式时,可以具体采用以下定位方法,包括但不限于:确定性协作定位、概率性协作定位、时间协作定位或空间协作定位等。Exemplarily, when the cooperative positioning method is adopted between the source node and the target node, the following positioning methods may be specifically adopted, including but not limited to: deterministic cooperative positioning, probabilistic cooperative positioning, time cooperative positioning or space cooperative positioning, etc.
而当源节点和目标节点之间采用非协作定位(即相对定位)方式时,可以具体采用以下定位方法,包括但不限于:根据到达角AOA和到达时间TOA进行定位,根据AOA、出发角AOD和达到时间进行定位,多到达角(multi-AOA)定位或者多到达时间(multi-RTT)定位等。When the non-cooperative positioning (that is, relative positioning) method is adopted between the source node and the target node, the following positioning methods can be specifically adopted, including but not limited to: positioning according to the angle of arrival AOA and time of arrival TOA, and positioning according to the AOA, departure angle AOD And time of arrival for positioning, multi-angle of arrival (multi-AOA) positioning or multi-time of arrival (multi-RTT) positioning and so on.
根据上述触发方法,通过由源节点根据与目标节点之间是否存在LOS径,判断后续定位流程具体采用的定位方式,能够在保证定位精度的基础上,避免大量的系统开销,提高定位的效率。According to the above triggering method, the source node determines the specific positioning method used in the subsequent positioning process according to whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node, which can avoid a large amount of system overhead and improve positioning efficiency on the basis of ensuring positioning accuracy.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述多节点协作定位方式。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node The positioning method between the two, specifically includes: when it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, determining that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the multi-node cooperative positioning method.
可选地,这里的定位能力可以指节点的天线数量。更进一步地,还可以包括节点支持的带宽等。源节点和/或目标节点可以支持多天线能力,当天线数量较多时,节点具有更强的定位能力。Optionally, the positioning capability here may refer to the number of antennas of a node. Further, it may also include the bandwidth supported by the node, etc. The source node and/or the target node can support multi-antenna capability, and when the number of antennas is large, the node has stronger positioning capability.
可选地,这里的第一阈值例如可以是3。Optionally, the first threshold here may be 3, for example.
应理解,当目标节点的天线数量较多时,天线能力较强,有足够能力基于源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号判断当前是否存在LOS径;或者,当源节点的天线数量较多时,天线能力强,有足够能力基于目标节点发送的第二定位测量参考信号来判断是否存在LOS径。因此,天线数量较多时,能够提高选择定位方式的准确性。并且,当源节点与目标节点的天线能力较强时,在LOS径存在的情况下,能够实现高精度的相对定位。因此,为了实现在高定位精度的基础上,确定最优的定位方式策略,除了考虑源节点与目标节点之间是否满足LOS径状态之外,源节点和/或目标节点的天线能力也是需要考虑 的重要因素。It should be understood that when the number of antennas of the target node is large, the antenna capability is strong, and it has sufficient ability to judge whether there is an LOS path currently based on the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; or, when the number of antennas of the source node is large, the antenna The capability is strong, and it has sufficient capability to determine whether there is an LOS path based on the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node. Therefore, when the number of antennas is large, the accuracy of selecting the positioning method can be improved. Moreover, when the antenna capabilities of the source node and the target node are strong, in the presence of the LOS path, high-precision relative positioning can be achieved. Therefore, in order to determine the optimal positioning strategy on the basis of high positioning accuracy, in addition to considering whether the LOS path status is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the antenna capability of the source node and/or the target node also needs to be considered important factor.
进一步地,当源节点和/或目标节点的天线数量较多(如大于或等于3),源节点和/或目标节点能够根据到达角AOA和到达时间TOA,或者根据AOA、出发角AOD和到达时间TOA,或者多到达角(multi-AOA)定位或者多到达时间(multi-RTT)等多种定位方法执行相对定位方式,获得精准的定位结果。Further, when the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is large (such as greater than or equal to 3), the source node and/or the target node can be based on the angle of arrival AOA and the time of arrival TOA, or according to the AOA, the angle of departure AOD and the arrival time. Time TOA, or multiple angle of arrival (multi-AOA) positioning or multiple time of arrival (multi-RTT) and other positioning methods perform relative positioning methods to obtain accurate positioning results.
此外,本申请实施例的协作定位协商机制的架构可以如图1所示。当源节点和目标节点之间不存在LOS径,也即无法不受遮挡地直接传输无线通信信号时,如果源节点与周围其他设备之间满足LOS径条件,该源节点可以借助与其他设备进行相对定位,在周围设备的协作下,实现与目标节点的定位。In addition, the architecture of the cooperative positioning negotiation mechanism in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 1 . When there is no LOS path between the source node and the target node, that is, the wireless communication signal cannot be directly transmitted without being blocked, if the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and other surrounding devices, the source node can communicate with other devices. Relative positioning, with the cooperation of surrounding equipment, realizes the positioning with the target node.
根据上述的触发方法,当源节点与目标节点之间不存在LOS径时,采用协作定位;而当源节点与目标节点之间存在LOS径时,进一步基于源节点和目标节点的定位能力判断采用协作定位还是相对定位,该方法能够选择与定位场景适配的定位方式,并保证了定位的精度,避免无效的系统开销和时延等,优化了定位过程,提高了定位的效率。According to the above triggering method, when there is no LOS path between the source node and the target node, cooperative positioning is adopted; and when there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node, it is further determined based on the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node. Cooperative positioning or relative positioning, this method can select a positioning method suitable for the positioning scene, and ensure the positioning accuracy, avoid invalid system overhead and delay, etc., optimize the positioning process, and improve the positioning efficiency.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node ; Receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
其中,第二指示信息可以是目标节点发送的定位能力反馈信息(capability response)。The second indication information may be positioning capability feedback information (capability response) sent by the target node.
可选地,该第二指示信息可以承载于定位反馈消息中;也可以设计为单独的信令流程发送至源节点。Optionally, the second indication information may be carried in a positioning feedback message; it may also be designed to be sent to the source node as a separate signaling process.
具体如何发送第二指示信息,可以根据源节点、目标节点的定位能力,所支持的定位方式数量等确定。其中,若目标节点所支持的定位方法数量较多,则该第二指示信息可能包括的定位信息书数量较大,此时,为精简定位反馈消息,可以单独发送第二指示信息,而不将第二指示信息承载于定位反馈消息中。How to send the second indication information can be determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node, the number of supported positioning modes, and the like. Among them, if the number of positioning methods supported by the target node is large, the second indication information may include a large number of positioning information books. At this time, in order to simplify the positioning feedback message, the second indication information can be sent separately, without the The second indication information is carried in the positioning feedback message.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information uses for indicating the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
其中,第一定位测量参考信号为源节点发送至目标节点,用于使目标节点判断其与源节点之间是否存在LOS径的参考信号。The first positioning measurement reference signal is a reference signal sent by the source node to the target node, and used for enabling the target node to determine whether there is an LOS path between it and the source node.
第一时频资源为第一定位测量参考信号对应的时频资源。换句话说,源节点在发送第一定位测量参考信号之前可以先将第一时频资源的指示信息发送给目标节点,指示目标接在特定时频资源上接收第一定位测量参考信号。The first time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal. In other words, before sending the first positioning measurement reference signal, the source node may first send the indication information of the first time-frequency resource to the target node, instructing the target to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal on a specific time-frequency resource.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
可选地,当源节点和目标节点支持的不同的定位方式对应的具体定位方法数量较少时,相应地定位能力指示信息一般也不会很多,此时,源节点可以将发送给目标节点的定位能力请求信息承载于定位请求消息中。Optionally, when the number of specific positioning methods corresponding to different positioning methods supported by the source node and the target node is small, the corresponding positioning capability indication information is generally not much. The positioning capability request information is carried in the positioning request message.
应理解,将定位能力请求信息承载于定位请求消息中,发送给目标节点,可以精简通信流程,提高通信效率。It should be understood that carrying the positioning capability request information in the positioning request message and sending it to the target node can simplify the communication process and improve the communication efficiency.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信 息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述方法还包括:根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the method further includes: The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
可选地,当源节点和目标节点支持的与不同定位方式对应的具体定位方法数量较少时,相应地定位能力指示信息一般也不会很多,此时,目标节点可以将发送给源节点的第二指示信息承载于定位反馈消息中。Optionally, when the number of specific positioning methods supported by the source node and the target node corresponding to different positioning methods is small, the corresponding positioning capability indication information is generally not much. The second indication information is carried in the positioning feedback message.
应理解,将第二指示信息承载于定位反馈消息中,发送给源节点,可以精简通信流程,提高通信效率。It should be understood that the second indication information is carried in the positioning feedback message and sent to the source node, which can simplify the communication process and improve the communication efficiency.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
可选地,源节点在请求查询目标节点的定位能力时,还可以将自身的定位能力发送给目标节点。Optionally, when requesting to query the positioning capability of the target node, the source node may also send its own positioning capability to the target node.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述相对定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述方法还包括:根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;根据所述第二定位测量参考信号,判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal resources; the method further includes: receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node at the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information; according to the second positioning measurement reference signal, It is judged whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
可选地,当目标节点的能力弱或天线能力不足时,即使源节点向目标节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号,该目标节点的能力也不足以支持其根据该第一定位测量参考信号判断是否存在LOS径。此时,由目标节点向源节点发送第二定位测量参考信号并指示其相应的第二时频资源。Optionally, when the capability of the target node is weak or the antenna capability is insufficient, even if the source node sends the first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node, the capability of the target node is not enough to support its judgment according to the first positioning measurement reference signal. Whether there is a LOS trail. At this time, the target node sends the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node and indicates its corresponding second time-frequency resource.
其中,第二时频资源为目标节点向源节点发送的第二定位测量参考信号对应的时频资源。换句话说,目标节点在发送第二定位测量参考信号之前可以先将第二时频资源的指示信息发送给源节点,指示源节点在特定时频资源上接收第二定位测量参考信号。The second time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node to the source node. In other words, before sending the second positioning measurement reference signal, the target node may first send the indication information of the second time-frequency resource to the source node, instructing the source node to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal on the specific time-frequency resource.
应理解,该第二定位测量参考信号时频资源可以是目标节点发送给源节点,用于源节点判断其与目标节点之间是否存在LOS径的参考信号。It should be understood that the second positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource may be a reference signal sent by the target node to the source node for the source node to determine whether there is an LOS path between it and the target node.
可选地,源节点解析出目标节点发送的信息为第二定位测量参考信号的时频资源指示信息时,可以确定该目标节点在定位反馈消息中携带的第一指示信息无效或不可靠。Optionally, when the source node parses that the information sent by the target node is the time-frequency resource indication information of the second positioning measurement reference signal, it may determine that the first indication information carried in the positioning feedback message by the target node is invalid or unreliable.
可选地,源节点在第二时频资源上接收到第二定位测量参考信号后,根据第二定位测量参考信号判断其与目标节点之间是否存在LOS径。Optionally, after receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal on the second time-frequency resource, the source node determines whether there is an LOS path between it and the target node according to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
具体地,源节点在完成LOS径检测后,可以只选择自身的检测结果确定LOS径的存在状态;或者,也可以结合自身的检测结果和第一指示信息,来确定LOS径的存在状态。换句话说,当目标节点所判断的LOS径存在状态指示信息无效或不可靠时,源节点此时可以不参考或部分参考目标节点发送的指示信息。Specifically, after the source node completes the LOS path detection, it can only select its own detection result to determine the LOS path existence state; or it can also combine its own detection result and the first indication information to determine the LOS path existence state. In other words, when the LOS path existence state indication information determined by the target node is invalid or unreliable, the source node may not refer to or partially refer to the indication information sent by the target node at this time.
应理解,通过上述方法,可以提高LOS径存在状态的判断结果的准确性,有利于准确选取合适的定位方式,进而提高定位的准确性。It should be understood that the above method can improve the accuracy of the judgment result of the existence state of the LOS path, which is conducive to accurately selecting an appropriate positioning method, thereby improving the positioning accuracy.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
可选地,所述定位请求消息可以通过以下至少一种方式传输至目标接节点,包括:物理测量链路控制信道PSCCH、物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH、蓝牙、UWB信号等。Optionally, the positioning request message may be transmitted to the target access node in at least one of the following manners, including: physical measurement link control channel PSCCH, physical sidelink shared channel PSSCH, Bluetooth, UWB signals, and the like.
第二方面,提供了一种定位方式的触发方法,应用于目标节点,包括:接收所述源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;根据所述第一定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件。In a second aspect, a method for triggering a positioning method is provided, which is applied to a target node, including: receiving a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; determining the source node and the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal; Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the target nodes; send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the distance between the source node and the target node Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is met.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;根据所述定位能力请求消息确定所述目标节点的定位能力;向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving location capability request information sent by a source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node; Determine the location capability of the target node according to the location capability request message; send second indication information to the source node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述相对定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述方法还包括:向所述源节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号,所述第二定位测量参考信号用于源节点判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal resources; the method further includes: sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the relationship between the source node and the target node is satisfied the LOS condition.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
第三方面,提供了一种定位方式的触发方法,应用于源节点,包括:向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号定位测量参考信号;接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节 点采用协作定位方式;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。In a third aspect, a method for triggering a positioning method is provided, which is applied to a source node and includes: sending a first positioning measurement reference signal positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, the positioning The feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second positioning the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the measurement reference signal; according to the fifth indication information, receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource; when according to the second positioning When the measurement reference signal determines that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method; When the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the positioning mode between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node The positioning method between the two, specifically includes: when it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, determining that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node ; Receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information uses for indicating the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述方法还包括:根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the method further includes: The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
第四方面,提供了一种定位方式的触发方法,应用于目标节点,包括:接收所述源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;根据所述第一定位测量参考信号向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;向所述源节点发送所述第二定位测量参考信号。In a fourth aspect, a method for triggering a positioning method is provided, which is applied to a target node, including: receiving a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; sending a positioning measurement reference signal to the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal a positioning feedback message, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency resource corresponding to a second positioning measurement reference signal; sending the second positioning measurement to the source node reference signal.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving location capability request information sent by a source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node; Send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述源节点 发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
第五方面,提供了一种通信节点,包括:发送单元,用于向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号定位测量参考信号;接收单元,用于接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;处理单元,用于根据所述第一指示信息,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。A fifth aspect provides a communication node, comprising: a sending unit, configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; a receiving unit, configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, The positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; the processing unit is configured to determine the location according to the first indication information. The positioning method between the source node and the target node.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理单元,具体用于:当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用多节点协作定位;当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS is not satisfied between the source node and the target node condition, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt multi-node cooperative positioning; when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the source node The positioning capability of the node and the target node determines the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述处理单元还包括:当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述多节点协作定位方式。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the processing unit further includes: when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to When the first threshold is used, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a relative positioning method; or, when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node are in a relative positioning mode. The target node adopts the multi-node cooperative positioning method.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送单元,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;所述接收单元,还用于接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send location capability request information to the target node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the target node's positioning capability; the receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送单元,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication The information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the positioning request message includes positioning capability request information, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,处理模块,还用于根据所述 第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the processing module is further configured to: The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述接收单元,还用于根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第二定位测量参考信号,判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal ; the receiving unit is further configured to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information; the processing unit is further configured to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node according to the second time-frequency resource The second positioning measurement reference signal determines whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息通过物理测量链路控制信道PSCCH传输至所述目标节点;和/或,所述定位测量参考信号通过物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH传输至所述目标节点。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through a physical measurement link control channel PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted through a physical side channel The link shared channel PSSCH is transmitted to the target node.
第六方面,提供了一种通信节点,包括:接收单元,用于接收所述源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;处理单元,用于根据所述第一定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;发送单元,用于向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件。In a sixth aspect, a communication node is provided, comprising: a receiving unit configured to receive a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; and a processing unit configured to determine the source according to the first positioning measurement reference signal Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the node and the target node; a sending unit, configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述接收单元,还用于接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;所述处理单元,还用于根据所述定位能力请求消息确定所述目标节点的定位能力;所述发送单元,还用于向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location of the target node the processing unit is further configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the positioning capability request message; the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node, the second indication The information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third The indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the positioning request message includes positioning capability request information, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述相对定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述发送单元,还用于向所述源节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号,所述第二定位测量参考信号用于源节点判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal resources; the sending unit is further configured to send the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine the relationship between the source node and the target node Whether the LOS condition is satisfied.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当 所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is The indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the The first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息通过PSCCH传输至所述目标节点;和/或,所述定位测量参考信号通过PSSCH传输至所述目标节点。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through the PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted to the target node through the PSSCH.
第七方面,提供了一种通信节点,其特征在于,包括:发送单元,用于向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;接收单元,用于接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述第二定位参考;所述接收单元,还用于:根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。A seventh aspect provides a communication node, characterized by comprising: a sending unit, configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal to a target node; a receiving unit, configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, The positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first indication information. The second time-frequency resource corresponding to the positioning measurement reference signal; the second positioning reference; the receiving unit is further configured to: receive the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information the second positioning measurement reference signal sent; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determine the source node and the target The node adopts a cooperative positioning method; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node , and determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述根据所述处理单元,具体用于:当判断所述源节点或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the processing unit according to the processing unit is specifically used for: when determining the number of antennas of the source node or the target node When it is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the The source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送单元,还用于:向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;所述接收单元,还用于接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the target node The receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送单元,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication The information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述处理单元,还用于:根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, the processing unit, further It is used for: determining the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号 TRS。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
第八方面,提供了一种通信节点,包括:接收单元,用于接收所述源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;发送单元,根据所述第一定位测量参考信号向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;向所述源节点发送所述第二定位测量参考信号。In an eighth aspect, a communication node is provided, comprising: a receiving unit, configured to receive a first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; and a sending unit, configured to send to the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal a positioning feedback message, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second time-frequency resource corresponding to a second positioning measurement reference signal; sending the second positioning measurement to the source node reference signal.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;发送单元,还用于根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node; The sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,接收单元,用于接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the receiving unit is configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information uses for indicating the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information The indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a positioning reference signal PRS, a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and a time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS .
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述通信装置与其他通信装置进行信息交互,当程序指令在所述至少一个处理器中执行时,使得所述通信装置实现如前述第一方面至第四方面中任一实现方式中所述的方法在如下任一节点上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the communication device to perform information interaction with other communication devices, when the program instruction is in the at least one When executed in the processor, the communication device is made to realize the function of the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect on any of the following nodes: the source node, the target node.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质具有程序指令,当所述程序指令被直接或者间接执行时,使得如前述第一方面至第四方面中任一实现方式中在如下任意装置上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium has program instructions, and when the program instructions are directly or indirectly executed, make any one of the first to fourth aspects described above In the implementation manner, the functions on any of the following devices are realized: the source node, the target node.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片系统,所述芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,当程序指令在所述至少一个处理器中执行时,使得如前述第一方面至第四方面中任一实现方式中的触发方法在如下任一装置上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。In an eleventh aspect, there is provided a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, and when program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, any one of the foregoing first to fourth aspects is implemented The function of the triggering method in the method can be realized on any one of the following devices: the source node and the target node.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序,当计算机程序在至少一个处理器中执行时,使得如前述第一方面至第四方面中任一实现方式中的触发方法在如下任一装置上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。A twelfth aspect provides a computer program that, when the computer program is executed in at least one processor, causes the triggering method in any of the implementation manners of the foregoing first to fourth aspects to be performed on any of the following devices The function is realized: the source node, the target node.
根据本申请实施例提供的上述定位方式的触发方法,通过目标节点向源节点反馈LOS径存在状态信息以及定位能力信息,由源节点基于这些信息确定后续具体采用哪种定位方式进行定位流程,也即在定位流程执行前,先基于一定信令流程选择更为适用当 前定位场景的定位方式,能够在保证精度的情况下,避免不必要的并且大量的系统开销,提高定位的效率。According to the triggering method of the above positioning mode provided by the embodiment of the present application, the target node feeds back the LOS path existence status information and the positioning capability information to the source node, and the source node determines which positioning mode to use for the subsequent positioning process based on the information. That is, before the positioning process is executed, a positioning method more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can avoid unnecessary and large system overhead and improve the positioning efficiency while ensuring the accuracy.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种协作定位的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a cooperative positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的可能的应用场景的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的应用场景的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another possible application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种定位请求信号的示意性结构图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning request signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种定位反馈信号的示意性结构图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning feedback signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种定位请求信号的示意性结构图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning request signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种定位反馈信号的示意性结构图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning feedback signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another method for triggering a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位反馈信号的示意性结构图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning feedback signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种通信节点的示意性结构图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信节点的示意性结构图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意性结构图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。本申请实施例的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”及你进是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个,“多路”是指两路或多于两路。The embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. The terms used in the implementation part of the embodiments of the present application are only used to explain the specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or means, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" and "you" in this document are a description related object The association relationship of , indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" refers to two or more than two, and "multi-channel" refers to two or more than two channels.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性护着隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and should not be understood as indicating or implying relative importance and implicitly indicating the number of the indicated technical features. Thus, a reference to a "first", "second" feature may expressly or implicitly include one or more of that feature.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以用于各种通信系统,例如:无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)系统,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统,LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD),通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS),全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统,第五代(the5th generation,5G)移动通信系统或新无线(new radio,NR)系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be used in various communication systems, for example: a wireless local area network (WLAN) system, a long term evolution (LTE) system, an LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation ( the 5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system or new radio (new radio, NR) system, etc.
本申请实施例中的节点为一种具有无线收发功能的通信装置,可以表示一个再分发点(redistribution point)或一个通信端点(如终端设备)。节点例如可以是用户设备、 终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。节点还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PAD)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备,或者是WLAN系统中的节点等。从产品形态上来看,本申请实施例中的节点可以是无线通信能力(sidelink、WiFi、蓝牙、UWB等)传输能力的设备,特别是终端设备,如手机、电脑、平板、手环、智能手表、数据卡、传感器等设备。本申请实施例以节点为例进行说明,但本申请对此并不进行限定。A node in this embodiment of the present application is a communication device with a wireless transceiver function, which may represent a redistribution point or a communication endpoint (such as a terminal device). A node may be, for example, a user equipment, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user equipment. The node may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PAD), a wireless communication capability handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, end devices in a 5G network or end devices in a public land mobile network (PLMN), or A node in a WLAN system, etc. In terms of product form, the nodes in the embodiments of the present application may be devices with wireless communication capabilities (sidelink, WiFi, Bluetooth, UWB, etc.) transmission capabilities, especially terminal devices, such as mobile phones, computers, tablets, wristbands, and smart watches. , data cards, sensors and other equipment. The embodiment of the present application uses a node as an example for description, but the present application does not limit this.
随着智能化的发展,越来越多的场景需要依托于精确的定位。第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准《TS 22.804 positioning service performance requirement in vertical domain》定义了8类定位场景,其定位需求包括绝对定位和相对定位需求,定位精度需求涵盖了从5米到20厘米,并且对可靠性也提出了90%-99.9%的需求。在3GPP RAN#86会议中的Rel-17 NR Positioning的研究阶段(study item,SI)中,制定的目标为:在通用商用场景下,定位精度满足亚米级定位精度,定位时延为100ms;而在工业互联网(industrial internet of things,IIOT),定位精度需要达到20cm,定位时延需要达到10ms的要求。基于这种要求,3GPP标准正在积极推行标准化工作,包括基于3GPP蜂窝网络的无线定位技术(radio access technology(RAT)dependent positioning)、基于卫星定位的定位技术(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)、基于非3GPP地面网络定位技术,比如:无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)定位、蓝牙定位、地面信标系统(terrestrial beacon system,TBS)定位、超宽带(ultra wideband,UWB)定位,以及混合定位技术等。With the development of intelligence, more and more scenarios need to rely on precise positioning. The 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard "TS 22.804 positioning service performance requirement in vertical domain" defines 8 types of positioning scenarios. The positioning requirements include absolute positioning and relative positioning requirements. The positioning accuracy requirements cover from 5 meters to 20 centimeters, and also put forward 90%-99.9% demand for reliability. In the research phase (study item, SI) of Rel-17 NR Positioning in the 3GPP RAN#86 conference, the goal set is: in general commercial scenarios, the positioning accuracy meets the sub-meter positioning accuracy, and the positioning delay is 100ms; In the industrial internet of things (IIoT), the positioning accuracy needs to reach 20cm, and the positioning delay needs to reach the requirement of 10ms. Based on this requirement, 3GPP standards are actively promoting standardization work, including radio access technology (RAT) dependent positioning based on 3GPP cellular network, global navigation satellite system (GNSS) based on non- 3GPP terrestrial network positioning technologies, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) positioning, Bluetooth positioning, terrestrial beacon system (TBS) positioning, ultra-wideband (UWB) positioning, and hybrid positioning technology, etc.
不管是哪种定位技术,多径干扰、时钟同步误差和需要丰富的定位锚点(3个及以上锚点)都可能成为限制定位精度的关键因素。其中,定位过程过程中的同步误差包括基站/卫星/接入点(acess point,AP)等多锚点之间的同步误差,也包括锚点(基站/卫星/AP等)与待定位用户设备(user equipment,UE)之间的同步误差。而其中,观测时间差值(observed time difference of arrival,OTDOA)技术通过UE测量不同锚点的到达观测时间差能够有效解决定位锚点与定位终端的同步偏差问题,但要求锚点之间必须严格同步,否则定位精度很差;而多往返时间(multi-round trip time,multi-RTT)通过发送和接收信号来估计UE与多个锚点之间的RTT,并采用三边定位算法来估计UE的位置,其中,使用RTT估计锚点和UE之间的距离定位的好处是不需要考虑锚点之间的同步误差,然而缺点是需要使用额外的定位测量参考信号,从而增加了资源开销。Regardless of the positioning technology, multipath interference, clock synchronization errors, and the need for abundant positioning anchors (3 or more anchors) may become the key factors limiting the positioning accuracy. Among them, the synchronization error during the positioning process includes the synchronization error between multiple anchor points such as base station/satellite/access point (AP), and also includes the anchor point (base station/satellite/AP, etc.) and the user equipment to be located. (user equipment, UE) synchronization error. Among them, the observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) technology can effectively solve the problem of synchronization deviation between the positioning anchor point and the positioning terminal by measuring the arrival observation time difference of different anchor points by the UE, but it is required that the anchor points must be strictly synchronized. , otherwise the positioning accuracy is very poor; while multi-round trip time (multi-RTT) estimates the RTT between the UE and multiple anchor points by sending and receiving signals, and uses a trilateration algorithm to estimate the UE's The advantage of using RTT to estimate the distance between the anchor point and the UE is that the synchronization error between the anchor points does not need to be considered, but the disadvantage is that an additional positioning measurement reference signal needs to be used, thereby increasing the resource overhead.
另外,由于现有的大部分定位技术都是基于三边定位算法或三角定位算法来进行位置估计的,这就要求相关的锚点数为3个及以上,这就可能导致部署成本的增加和频率效率约束下的锚点不足。以蜂窝定位为例,多锚点定位存在的两大限制约束因素为:(1)基站部署时考虑的小区频谱最大化(控制同频干扰),因此存在大量区域只能看到1-2个小区;(2)基站位置(天线位置)的不确定性。因此,如果能够实现单锚点/单站定位,这对蜂窝定位的易用性和成本来说是非常有利的。In addition, since most of the existing positioning technologies are based on the triangular positioning algorithm or the triangular positioning algorithm for position estimation, this requires the number of relevant anchor points to be 3 or more, which may lead to increased deployment costs and frequency Insufficient anchors under efficiency constraints. Taking cellular positioning as an example, the two major limiting factors of multi-anchor positioning are: (1) The cell spectrum is maximized when the base station is deployed (control of co-channel interference), so there are a large number of areas where only 1-2 can be seen. Cell; (2) Uncertainty of base station location (antenna location). Therefore, if single-anchor/single-station positioning can be achieved, it is very beneficial to the ease of use and cost of cellular positioning.
除此之外,多径效应和信号遮挡是影响到达时间(time of arrival,TOA)/到达时间差(time difference of arrival,TDOA)测量精度的主要因素。虽然随着无线定位系统的 带宽越宽,其时域的时间分辨率越高,对多径信号相关处理后的分辨率越高,但由多径所带来的定位误差问题仍然不可避免。信号传播过程中受到多径影响,会导致接收机不能区分LOS和NLOS,处理时相关峰值发生偏移,使TOA估计出现误差;或者,信号传播过程中由于直射路径被遮挡,接收机收到反射、折射、绕射的无线信号,这同样会导致TOA的测量出现偏差;又或者,由于直射径信号弱导致相干处理的结果低于门限而不可用,无法得到准确的TOA数据。In addition, multipath effects and signal occlusion are the main factors that affect the measurement accuracy of time of arrival (TOA)/time difference of arrival (TDOA). Although the bandwidth of the Wireless Location System is wider, the time resolution in the time domain is higher, and the resolution after multipath signal correlation processing is higher, but the problem of positioning error caused by multipath is still unavoidable. Affected by multipath during signal propagation, the receiver cannot distinguish between LOS and NLOS, and the correlation peak shifts during processing, causing errors in TOA estimation; , refraction, and diffraction of wireless signals, which will also lead to deviations in TOA measurement; or, because the direct path signal is weak, the result of coherent processing is lower than the threshold and cannot be used, and accurate TOA data cannot be obtained.
为了消除多径效应对定位的影响,相关的技术有:(1)提高系统的灵敏度和动态范围,由于动态范围大的射频前端对噪声干扰的容忍性更大,会使多径误差减小。但这种方法对设备硬件的要求比较高。(2)对信道的LOS径和NLOS径进行鉴别,在定位计算时进行加权处理。但这种方式要求接收端能够准确的分辨LOS/NLOS径。(3)直接对有NLOS径引起的定位误差进行修正。但这种方法需要知道障碍物反射、折射、绕射信号的角度,采用光学原理和平面几何法将NLOS传播路径转化为等效的LOS传播。In order to eliminate the influence of multipath effect on positioning, related technologies are as follows: (1) Improve the sensitivity and dynamic range of the system. Since the RF front end with a large dynamic range is more tolerant to noise interference, the multipath error will be reduced. However, this method has relatively high requirements on the device hardware. (2) Identify the LOS path and the NLOS path of the channel, and perform weighting processing during positioning calculation. However, this method requires that the receiving end can accurately distinguish the LOS/NLOS path. (3) Directly correct the positioning error caused by the NLOS path. However, this method needs to know the angles of the reflected, refracted, and diffracted signals of obstacles, and uses optical principles and plane geometry to convert the NLOS propagation path into an equivalent LOS propagation.
一般来说,相比于绝对定位,相对定位的优势主要包括以下几点:Generally speaking, compared with absolute positioning, the advantages of relative positioning mainly include the following:
1、从概率角度来说,相对定位之间的源节点和目标节点之间的距离比较近,存在LOS径的可能性大,因而潜在的定位精度比较高;2、由于相对定位只发生在源节点和目标节点之间,不需要定位服务器等第三方参与,因而信令交互流程较为简单,定位时延可以更短。1. From the perspective of probability, the distance between the source node and the target node between relative positioning is relatively close, and there is a high possibility of LOS path, so the potential positioning accuracy is relatively high; 2. Since the relative positioning only occurs in the source node. Between the node and the target node, there is no need for a third party such as a positioning server to participate, so the signaling interaction process is relatively simple, and the positioning delay can be shortened.
本质上来说,相对定位是一种单锚点定位技术,即只需要一个锚点就可实现UE定位。技术上,基于多径辅助的单锚点定位方法,能够实现高精度相对定位。通常基于单锚点技术实现高精度相对定位的前提包括:1、收发端能够分辨LOS径和NLOS径,并且基于分辨出的LOS径来进行TOA测量或RTT测量;2、收发端必须有一端要具备多天线能力(一般需要大于或等于3个天线),从而可进行到达角(angle of arrvial,AOA)或出发角(angle of departure,AOD)测量,并联合LOS径上的到达时间(time of arrival,TOA)进行混合定位。Essentially, relative positioning is a single-anchor point positioning technology, that is, only one anchor point is needed to realize UE positioning. Technically, the single-anchor point positioning method based on multipath assistance can achieve high-precision relative positioning. Generally, the premise of realizing high-precision relative positioning based on the single-anchor point technology includes: 1. The transceiver can distinguish the LOS path and the NLOS path, and perform TOA measurement or RTT measurement based on the identified LOS path; 2. The transceiver must have one end With multi-antenna capability (generally more than or equal to 3 antennas), it can measure the angle of arrival (AOA) or angle of departure (AOD), and combine the time of arrival (time of arrival) on the LOS path arrival, TOA) for hybrid positioning.
此外,在相对定位中,如果源节点和目标节点无法直接进行信令交互,实现LOS径定位,还可以借助其他设备的协作,实现LOS径的多跳协作定位方式。LOS径的多跳协作方式如图1所示:A想要和B之间进行相对定位,但由于A和B之间存在遮挡物,因而A和B之间不存在LOS径。但在A和B周围同时也存在C、E、F,并且A、C之间存在LOS径,C、B之间存在LOS径h C,B,A、E之间存在LOS径h A,E,E、F之间存在LOS径h E,F,F、B之间存在LOS径h F,B。因此源节点A可以先和C进行相对定位,然后C再和B进行相对定位,通过适当的信息交互后,A和B可以获得对方的相对定位信息;另外,源节点A也可以先和E进行相对定位,E和F进行相对定位,F和B进行相对定位,并通过A、E、F、B之间的信令交互就可实现A和B之间的高精度相对定位。 In addition, in relative positioning, if the source node and the target node cannot directly perform signaling interaction to realize LOS path positioning, the multi-hop cooperative LOS path positioning method can also be realized with the help of the cooperation of other devices. The multi-hop cooperation mode of the LOS path is shown in Figure 1: A wants to perform relative positioning between A and B, but there is no LOS path between A and B because there is an obstacle between A and B. But there are also C, E, and F around A and B, and there is a LOS path between A and C, a LOS path h C, B between C and B, and a LOS path h A,E between A and E. , between E and F there is an LOS diameter h E,F , and between F and B there is a LOS diameter h F,B . Therefore, source node A can first perform relative positioning with C, and then C and B perform relative positioning. After appropriate information exchange, A and B can obtain the relative positioning information of each other; in addition, source node A can also perform relative positioning with E first. For relative positioning, E and F perform relative positioning, and F and B perform relative positioning, and high-precision relative positioning between A and B can be achieved through signaling interaction between A, E, F, and B.
协作定位能够突破相对定位中LOS径的限制,进一步提高NLOS环境下相对定位的定位精度。但与此同时,随着参与协作定位节点的增多,不可避免会带来一定的系统开销,包括:(1)信令开销增加,不仅在源节点和目标节点之间存在信令交互,各参与协作定位的节点之间以及参与协作定位的节点与源节点和目标节点都有信令交互,因而大大增加了信令开销;(2)定位时延增加,协作定位本质是多跳情况下的相对定位,因而定位时延会增加;(3)功耗增加,参与协作定位的节点需要进行信令解析和参考信号测量,因而不可避免带来额外的功耗增加。因此,一旦源节点和目标节点有相对定位需求 之后,需要基于的一定的准则选择是直接进行相对定位过程还是进入协作定位过程,从而实现相对定位精度与代价开销之间的权衡。Cooperative positioning can break through the limitation of LOS path in relative positioning, and further improve the positioning accuracy of relative positioning in NLOS environment. But at the same time, with the increase of nodes participating in cooperative positioning, it will inevitably bring certain system overhead, including: (1) Signaling overhead increases, not only there is signaling interaction between the source node and the target node, each participating There is signaling interaction between the nodes of cooperative positioning and the nodes participating in cooperative positioning with the source node and the target node, thus greatly increasing the signaling overhead; (2) The positioning delay increases, and the essence of cooperative positioning is relative in the case of multi-hop. Therefore, the positioning delay will increase; (3) the power consumption will increase, and the nodes participating in the cooperative positioning need to perform signaling analysis and reference signal measurement, which inevitably brings additional power consumption increase. Therefore, once the source node and the target node have relative positioning requirements, it is necessary to choose whether to directly perform the relative positioning process or enter the cooperative positioning process based on certain criteria, so as to achieve a trade-off between the relative positioning accuracy and the cost.
针对上述问题,本申请实施例提供了一种定位方式的触发方法。通过设计在目标节点反馈给源节点的相对定位反馈信号(relative positioning response)中携带用于指示两者是否满足LOS定位条件的指示信息,结合源节点和/或目标节点的定位能力,使源节点判断接下来的定位流程采用相对定位方式还是协作定位方式,实现在满足有效的相对定位精度的前提下,降低系统开销。In view of the above problem, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for triggering a positioning method. By designing the relative positioning feedback signal (relative positioning response) fed back from the target node to the source node to carry the indication information for indicating whether the two meet the LOS positioning conditions, combined with the positioning capabilities of the source node and/or the target node, the source node can be It is determined whether the next positioning process adopts the relative positioning method or the cooperative positioning method, so as to reduce the system overhead on the premise of satisfying the effective relative positioning accuracy.
应理解,本申请实施例中所说的相对定位是指待定位的源节点和目标节点无需借助周围其他节点协助,直接由源节点和目标节点相对定位的定位方式,例如,图1中A与B之间不存在障碍物时,两者能够直接进行相对定位;而协作定位是指如图1所示,需要借助周围节点协助,实现源节点和目标节点之间的相对定位过程,其中,协作定位可以应用于NLOS径场景下或者应用于存在LOS径,但是源节点和目标节点的定位能力不支持直接相对定位的场景。为便于描述,本文用相对定位和协作定位来分别代表这两种定位方式。It should be understood that the relative positioning mentioned in the embodiments of the present application refers to a positioning method in which the source node and the target node to be positioned are directly relative positioned by the source node and the target node without the assistance of other surrounding nodes. When there is no obstacle between B, the two can directly perform relative positioning; and cooperative positioning refers to the process of relative positioning between the source node and the target node that needs to be assisted by surrounding nodes as shown in Figure 1. Positioning can be applied to NLOS trail scenarios or to scenarios where there are LOS trails, but the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node do not support direct relative positioning. For the convenience of description, relative positioning and cooperative positioning are used in this paper to represent these two positioning methods respectively.
示例性的,如图2所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景的示意图。本申请可以用于具有侧行链路(sidelink)、Wi-Fi、超宽带(ultra wideband,UWB)、蓝牙等无线通信技术的设备之间的相对定位与协作定位场景。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 2 , it is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. This application can be used for relative positioning and cooperative positioning scenarios between devices with wireless communication technologies such as sidelink (sidelink), Wi-Fi, ultra wideband (UWB), and Bluetooth.
其中,参与协作定位的各节点可以发送定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、时频域跟踪参考信号(time/frequency tracking signal,TRS)等定位测量参考信号,并且可以具备多天线能力。Among them, each node participating in cooperative positioning can send positioning reference signal (positioning reference signal, PRS), channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), time/frequency domain tracking reference signal (time/frequency tracking signal). , TRS) and other positioning measurement reference signals, and can have multi-antenna capability.
从网络拓扑结构来看,如果是基于蜂窝sidelink的相对定位与协作定位,各节点可以位于基站的覆盖范围之内,也可以位于基站的覆盖范围之外(如图2中的(a)图所示);如果是基于Wi-Fi的相对定位与协作定位,各节点可以位于AP的覆盖范围之内,也可以位于AP的覆盖范围之外(如图2中的(b)图所示);如果是基于蓝牙或UWB的相对定位与协作定位,节点即可以位于锚点的覆盖范围之内,也可以位于锚点的覆盖范围之外(如图2中的(c)图所示)。From the perspective of the network topology, if it is based on the relative positioning and cooperative positioning of the cellular sidelink, each node can be located within the coverage of the base station, or can be located outside the coverage of the base station (as shown in (a) in Figure 2). If it is based on Wi-Fi relative positioning and cooperative positioning, each node can be located within the coverage of the AP, or can be located outside the coverage of the AP (as shown in (b) in Figure 2); If it is based on relative positioning and cooperative positioning based on Bluetooth or UWB, the node can be located either within the coverage of the anchor, or outside the coverage of the anchor (as shown in (c) in Figure 2).
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的定位方式的触发方法可以应用于室内定位的场景中。如图3所示,以智能音箱进行定位为例,当用户使用两个智能音箱(智能影响1和智能音箱2)进行立体声播放时,智能音箱1和智能音箱2需要知道彼此的位置,但由于该两个音箱之间可能存在电视机等其他设备的遮挡,因此,智能音箱之间不存在LOS径。此时,智能音箱1可以通过房间内的其它设备,如手机、平板电脑、智能手表、路由器等进行协作定位。换言之,如图3所示,智能音箱1可以先与平板电脑进行相对定位,平板电脑再与用户的手机或者智能手表进行相对定位,手机或者智能手表再与智能音箱2进行相对定位,最后实现智能音箱1和智能音箱2之间的定位。In a possible implementation manner, the triggering method of the positioning mode provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an indoor positioning scenario. As shown in Figure 3, taking the positioning of smart speakers as an example, when the user uses two smart speakers (Smart Influence 1 and Smart Speaker 2) for stereo playback, Smart Speaker 1 and Smart Speaker 2 need to know each other's positions, but due to The two speakers may be blocked by other devices such as TV sets, so there is no LOS path between the smart speakers. At this time, the smart speaker 1 can perform cooperative positioning through other devices in the room, such as mobile phones, tablet computers, smart watches, routers, and the like. In other words, as shown in Figure 3, the smart speaker 1 can be positioned relative to the tablet computer first, the tablet PC can be positioned relative to the user's mobile phone or smart watch, the mobile phone or smart watch can be positioned relative to the smart speaker 2, and finally the intelligent Positioning between speaker 1 and smart speaker 2.
示例性的,上述所说的智能音箱之间的协作定位方式可以发生在初次连接时。此外,本申请实施例中的源节点和目标节点还可以是多种其它设备,如源节点和目标节点分别为同一用户或不同用户的手机,此时,协作节点可以是智能手表、平板电脑等设备。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned cooperative positioning method between smart speakers may occur during the initial connection. In addition, the source node and the target node in the embodiment of the present application may also be a variety of other devices, for example, the source node and the target node are mobile phones of the same user or different users, in this case, the cooperative node may be a smart watch, a tablet computer, etc. equipment.
本申请实施例中的源节点和目标节点可以是具备定位功能以及无线通信能力的多种终端,而不仅限于上述示例中提到的设备。The source node and the target node in the embodiments of the present application may be various terminals with positioning function and wireless communication capability, and are not limited to the devices mentioned in the above examples.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的定位方式的触发方法,在定位之前,源节点基于目标节点反馈的信息判断两者之间是否存在LOS径,并基于判断结果进行定位方式的选择,从而实现定位精度与代价开销之间的权衡,提高定位效率。It should be understood that, in the triggering method of the positioning mode provided by the embodiment of the present application, before positioning, the source node judges whether there is an LOS path between the two based on the information fed back by the target node, and selects the positioning mode based on the judgment result, thereby realizing the positioning. A trade-off between accuracy and cost to improve positioning efficiency.
示例性的,如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种定位方式的触发方法的示意图。该方法应用于源节点和目标节点,包括以下步骤:Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4 , it is a schematic diagram of a triggering method of a positioning mode provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the source node and the target node, including the following steps:
S401,向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号。S401. Send a first positioning measurement reference signal to a target node.
其中,源节点可以是发送定位测量参考信号的待定位节点。The source node may be a node to be located that sends a positioning measurement reference signal.
可选地,源节点和/或目标节点可以是具有多天线能力的终端。Optionally, the source node and/or the target node may be a multi-antenna capable terminal.
这里的第一定位测量参考信号可以是PRS、CSI-RS或者TRS等。具体地,这里的第一定位测量参考信号例如可以是非周期PRS信号、非周期CSI-RS、非周期TRS信号等。The first positioning measurement reference signal here may be PRS, CSI-RS, or TRS, or the like. Specifically, the first positioning measurement reference signal here may be, for example, an aperiodic PRS signal, an aperiodic CSI-RS, an aperiodic TRS signal, or the like.
此外,第一定位测量参考信号可以承载于定位请求消息中,如相对定位请求消息(relative positioning request);也可以在源节点向目标节点发送定位请求消息之后,作为单独的信令流程,发送至目标节点。In addition, the first positioning measurement reference signal may be carried in a positioning request message, such as a relative positioning request message (relative positioning request); it may also be sent to the target node as a separate signaling process after the source node sends the positioning request message to the target node. target node.
S402,接收目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件。S402: Receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
可选地,当源节点向目标节点发送相对定位请求消息(relative positioning request)时,该定位反馈消息可以对应地是相对定位反馈消息(relative positioning response)。Optionally, when the source node sends a relative positioning request message (relative positioning request) to the target node, the positioning feedback message may be a relative positioning feedback message (relative positioning response) correspondingly.
第一指示信息用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS条件。具体地,该第一指示信息可以是LOS径状态指示信息,或LOS存在状态指示信息。本申请所说的LOS径条件可以是源节点和目标节点之间是否存在LOS径。其中,当满足LOS条件时,源节点和目标节点之间存在LOS径;当不满足LOS条件时,源节点和目标节点之间不存在LOS径。The first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node. Specifically, the first indication information may be LOS path state indication information, or LOS existence state indication information. The LOS path condition mentioned in this application may be whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node. Among them, when the LOS condition is satisfied, there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node; when the LOS condition is not satisfied, there is no LOS path between the source node and the target node.
可选地,目标节点可以基于在步骤S301中接收到的第一定位测量参考信号判断源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS径条件。Optionally, the target node may determine whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node based on the first positioning measurement reference signal received in step S301.
其中,目标节点对LOS径的判断可以采用已有的多种方式,其判断方式包括但不仅限于以下几种方式:(1)根据定位测量参考信号有效信号的莱斯因子和偏度两个统计特征值基于条件概率密度和阈值进行判断;(2)根据相位角度探索NLOS径和LOS径天线相位差方差变化规律;(3)根据天线间相位方差因子进行NLOS和LOS径的判断;(4)基于人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)技术进行LOS径识别等。目标节点对LOS径的判断的流程可以参见现有技术,此处不再赘述。Among them, the judgment of the target node on the LOS path can adopt various existing methods, and the judgment methods include but are not limited to the following methods: (1) According to the two statistics of the Rice factor and the skewness of the effective signal of the positioning measurement reference signal The eigenvalues are judged based on the conditional probability density and the threshold; (2) The variation law of the phase difference variance of the NLOS and LOS antennas is explored according to the phase angle; (3) The NLOS and LOS paths are judged according to the phase variance factor between the antennas; (4) LOS path identification based on artificial intelligence (AI) technology. For the process of judging the LOS path by the target node, reference may be made to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
S403,当根据第一指示信息确定源节点和目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定源节点和目标节点采用协作定位方式;当根据第一指示信息确定源节点和目标节点之间满足LOS条件时,根据源节点和/或目标节点的定位能力,确定源节点和目标节点之间的定位方式。S403, when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determine that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning mode; when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node In the case of the LOS condition, the positioning mode between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node.
可选地,当源节点根据第一指示信息判断源节点和目标节点之间满足LOS径条件时,可以确定采用相对定位方式进行定位;或者,当源节点根据第一指示信息判断源节点和目标节点之间不满足LOS径条件时,可以进一步根据源节点和/或目标节点的定位能力,确定采用协作定位方式进行定位。Optionally, when the source node judges that the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the first indication information, it may be determined to use a relative positioning method for positioning; or, when the source node judges the source node and the target node according to the first indication information. When the LOS path condition is not satisfied between the nodes, it may be further determined to use a cooperative positioning method for positioning according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node.
其中,本申请实施例中所说的定位能力可以主要是指节点的天线数量。此外,定位能力也可以包括节点支持的定位带宽,该定位带宽可以在确定定位方式之后影响最终采 用的定位方法。以相对定位为例,如果源节点和目标节点的定位带宽大(比如支持100MHz),这也意味着时间分辨率强,因而可以采用TOA/TDOA/RTT等定位方法;如果源节点和目标节点的定位带宽小,这意味着对信号的时间分辨率弱,因而可以采用载波相位定位、角度定位定方法。The positioning capability mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may mainly refer to the number of antennas of a node. In addition, the positioning capability may also include the positioning bandwidth supported by the node, and the positioning bandwidth may affect the final positioning method after the positioning method is determined. Taking relative positioning as an example, if the positioning bandwidth of the source node and the target node is large (for example, supporting 100MHz), it also means that the time resolution is strong, so positioning methods such as TOA/TDOA/RTT can be used; The positioning bandwidth is small, which means that the time resolution of the signal is weak, so the carrier phase positioning and angle positioning methods can be used.
根据本申请实施例提供的定位方式选择的方法,源节点通过目标节点反馈的LOS径状态指示信息确定后续采用的定位方式,能够在保证定位精度的基础上,节省信令开销。According to the method for selecting a positioning mode provided by the embodiment of the present application, the source node determines the subsequent positioning mode according to the LOS path status indication information fed back by the target node, which can save signaling overhead on the basis of ensuring positioning accuracy.
应理解,除了LOS径之外,相对定位的两端的定位能力也是影响定位精度的重要因素。为了保证源节点和目标节点之间的定位精度,源节点在基于LOS径条件确定定位方式之外,还可以结合LOS径条件与源节点和目标节点的定位能力进行前述判断。It should be understood that, in addition to the LOS diameter, the positioning capability of both ends of the relative positioning is also an important factor affecting the positioning accuracy. In order to ensure the positioning accuracy between the source node and the target node, in addition to determining the positioning method based on the LOS path condition, the source node can also make the aforementioned judgment in combination with the LOS path condition and the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node.
示例性的,图5示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种定位方式的触发方法的示意图。该方法在图4示出的步骤之外,还可以包括以下步骤:Exemplarily, FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of another method for triggering a positioning manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. In addition to the steps shown in Figure 4, the method may further include the following steps:
S501,向目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,该定位能力请求信息用于请求查询目标节点的定位能力。S501 , sending positioning capability request information to a target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
可选地,源节点可以在定位之前向目标节点发送定位请求消息,示例性的,该定位请求消息可以是相对定位请求消息(relative position request)。Optionally, the source node may send a positioning request message to the target node before positioning, for example, the positioning request message may be a relative positioning request message (relative position request).
该定位请求消息可以包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。该第三指示信息例如可以是非周期相对定位测量参考信号视频资源指示信息。The positioning request message may include third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal. The third indication information may be, for example, aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal video resource indication information.
可选地,源节点向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号,目标节点在指定的第一时频资源上接收该第一定位测量参考信号。Optionally, the source node sends the first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node, and the target node receives the first positioning measurement reference signal on the designated first time-frequency resource.
可选地,源节点还可以向目标节点发送定位能力请求信息(capability request)。其中,该定位能力请求信息可以承载于定位请求消息;也可以设计为单独信令流程。Optionally, the source node may also send positioning capability request information (capability request) to the target node. The positioning capability request information may be carried in the positioning request message; it may also be designed as a separate signaling process.
示例性的,当源节点和目标节点的定位能力较强,所支持的定位方式较多,相应的定位能力信息量会比较大,此时为了精简定位请求消息,可以将定位能力请求信息设计为单独的信令流程;或者,当源节点和目标节点的定位能力较弱,所支持的定位方式较少,相应地定位能力指示信息量较少时,为了精简定位流程,可以将定位能力请求信息承载于请求请求消息发送至目标节点。Exemplarily, when the location capability of the source node and the target node is strong, there are many supported location methods, and the corresponding location capability information will be relatively large. In this case, in order to simplify the location request message, the location capability request information can be designed as: Separate signaling process; or, when the location capability of the source node and the target node is weak, the supported location methods are few, and the corresponding location capability indication information is small, in order to simplify the location process, the location capability request information can be It is carried in the request request message and sent to the target node.
更进一步地,源节点还可以在该定位能力请求信息中携带第四指示信息,该第四指示信息可以是源节点定位能力指示信息,用于向目标节点指示源节点支持的定位能力。Further, the source node may also carry fourth indication information in the location capability request information, where the fourth indication information may be source node location capability indication information, and is used to indicate to the target node the location capability supported by the source node.
可选地,本申请实施例所说的定位能力为节点的天线数量,此外,也可以包括节点支持的定位带宽等。Optionally, the positioning capability mentioned in this embodiment of the present application refers to the number of antennas of the node, and may also include the positioning bandwidth supported by the node, and the like.
S502,接收目标节点发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示目标节点的定位能力。S502: Receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
目标节点基于定位请求信息,向源节点发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息可以是目标节点定位能力反馈信息(capability response),用于向源节点指示目标节点的定位能力。The target node sends second indication information to the source node based on the positioning request information, where the second indication information may be target node positioning capability feedback information (capability response), which is used to indicate to the source node the positioning capability of the target node.
可选地,该第二指示信息可以承载于目标节点向源节点发送的定位反馈消息中;或者,也可以设计为单独信令流程。Optionally, the second indication information may be carried in a positioning feedback message sent by the target node to the source node; or, it may also be designed as a separate signaling process.
示例性的,当源节点向目标节点发送的定位能力请求信息承载于定位请求消息中时,目标节点可以将该第二指示信息承载于定位反馈消息;或者,当源节点向目标节点单独 发送定位能力请求信息时,目标节点也可以单独向源节点发送该第二指示信息。Exemplarily, when the positioning capability request information sent by the source node to the target node is carried in the positioning request message, the target node may carry the second indication information in the positioning feedback message; or, when the source node sends the positioning information to the target node separately When the capability request information is requested, the target node may also send the second indication information to the source node independently.
S503,根据第一指示信息和第二指示信息,确定源节点和目标节点之间的定位方式。S503: Determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
可选地,源节点可以根据定位反馈消息和第二指示信息分别解析出LOS径存在状态的信息以及目标节点的定位能力信息,进而在LOS径存在时,根据源节点和/或目标节点的定位能力并基于预设准则进一步确定与目标节点之间的定位方式。Optionally, the source node can respectively parse out the information of the LOS path existence state and the positioning capability information of the target node according to the positioning feedback message and the second indication information, and then, when the LOS path exists, according to the positioning of the source node and/or the target node. ability and further determine the positioning method with the target node based on preset criteria.
应理解,本申请实施例所说的定位方式可以包括相对定位或协作定位。It should be understood that the positioning mode mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may include relative positioning or cooperative positioning.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的定位能力主要是指相关节点的定位能力,但也可以包括其他方面,例如节点支持的定位带宽等。It should also be understood that the positioning capability in this embodiment of the present application mainly refers to the positioning capability of the relevant node, but may also include other aspects, such as the positioning bandwidth supported by the node.
另外,源节点判断采取定位方式的预设准则可以包括以下内容:In addition, the preset criteria for the source node to determine the positioning method may include the following:
当源节点根据第一指示信息判断源节点和目标节点之间的满足在LOS径条件(存在LOS径),且源节点和/或目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用相对定位方式,后续可进入相对定位流程。When the source node determines, according to the first indication information, that the LOS path condition between the source node and the target node is satisfied (the LOS path exists), and the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, determine the source node The relative positioning method is adopted with the target node, and the relative positioning process can be entered later.
或者,当源节点根据第一指示信息判断源节点和目标节点之间的满足在LOS径条件(存在LOS径),且该源节点和目标节点的天线数量均小于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用协作定位方式,后续可进入协作定位流程。Or, when the source node judges according to the first indication information that the LOS path condition between the source node and the target node is satisfied (there is an LOS path), and the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, determine the source node. The cooperative positioning method is adopted with the target node, and the cooperative positioning process can be entered later.
可选地,这里的第一阈值例如可以为3。Optionally, the first threshold here may be 3, for example.
由上述实施例可以看出,目标节点根据源节点向源节点发送LOS径状态指示信息以及定位能力指示信息,然后由源节点根据这些信息判断后续的定位流程。然而,当目标节点能力较弱,无法基于源节点发送的测量信号判断是否存在LOS径时,还可以向源节点发送第二时频资源指示,指示源节点在第二时频资源上进行定位测量参考信号的测量,由源端来进行LOS径检测。It can be seen from the above embodiments that the target node sends the LOS path status indication information and the positioning capability indication information to the source node according to the source node, and then the source node determines the subsequent positioning process according to the information. However, when the target node has a weak capability and cannot determine whether there is an LOS path based on the measurement signal sent by the source node, it can also send a second time-frequency resource indication to the source node, instructing the source node to perform positioning measurements on the second time-frequency resource. For the measurement of the reference signal, the LOS path detection is performed by the source end.
示例性地,目标节点可以在定位反馈消息中携带第五指示信息,该第五指示信息可以是第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源的指示信息,用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的时频资源。其中,第二定位测量参考信号为目标节点发送至源节点,用于源节点判断其与目标节点之间LOS径状态的参考信号。Exemplarily, the target node may carry fifth indication information in the positioning feedback message, where the fifth indication information may be indication information of the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal, and is used to indicate the second positioning measurement reference signal. The time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal. The second positioning measurement reference signal is a reference signal sent by the target node to the source node and used by the source node to determine the LOS path status between it and the target node.
应理解,当源节点在目标节点发送的信息中解析出第五指示信息时,可以用于表示定位反馈消息中的LOS径状态指示信息(即第一指示信息)无效或不可信。It should be understood that when the source node parses the fifth indication information from the information sent by the target node, it can be used to indicate that the LOS path status indication information (ie the first indication information) in the positioning feedback message is invalid or unreliable.
源节点在自己完成LOS径检测之后,可以只选择自己检测判断的结果;或者源节点也可以结合自己检测判断的LOS径状态结果以及从定位反馈消息中解析出的LOS径状态结果来决定LOS径的存在状态。After the source node completes the LOS path detection by itself, it can only select the result of its own detection and judgment; or the source node can also combine the LOS path status result of its own detection and judgment and the LOS path status result parsed from the positioning feedback message to determine the LOS path. state of existence.
其中,当源节点只根据自己检测的LOS径是否存在的结果,判断后续定位流程的定位方式时,如图6所示,可以包括如下步骤:Among them, when the source node only judges the positioning method of the subsequent positioning process according to the result of the existence of the LOS path detected by itself, as shown in Figure 6, the following steps may be included:
S601,向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号。S601. Send a first positioning measurement reference signal to a target node.
S602,接收目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源。S602: Receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, and the fifth indication The information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
S603,根据第五指示信息,在第二时频资源接收目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号。S603, according to the fifth indication information, receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource.
S604,当根据第二定位测量参考信号确定源节点和目标节点之间不满足LOS条件时,确定源节点和目标节点之间采用协作定位方式;当根据第二定位测量参考信号确定源节 点和目标节点之间满足LOS条件时,根据源节点和/或目标节点的定位能力,确定源节点和目标节点之间的定位方式。S604, when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that a cooperative positioning mode is adopted between the source node and the target node; when the source node and the target node are determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal When the LOS condition is satisfied between the nodes, the positioning mode between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node.
上述步骤S601、步骤S602和步骤S604分别与前述步骤S401至步骤S403类似,具体内容可以参见前述相关描述,此处不再赘述。The foregoing steps S601 , S602 and S604 are respectively similar to the foregoing steps S401 to S403 , and the specific content may refer to the foregoing related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
以下将结合附图,对不同具体场景下定位方式选择之前的通信流程进行详细地介绍。The following will describe in detail the communication flow before the selection of the positioning mode in different specific scenarios with reference to the accompanying drawings.
其中一个可能的场景为:目标节点天线能力比较强,有足够能力基于源节点发给目标节点的测量参考信号判断当前是否存在LOS径的场景,目标节点此时有能力自己根据源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号判断与源节点之间是否存在LOS径,此时,目标节点发送给源节点的定位反馈消息中无需指示第二定位测量参考信号的第二时频资源,源节点也不需要自己进行LOS径指示,而是直接获取定位反馈消息中的LOS径状态指示信息即可。One of the possible scenarios is: the target node has relatively strong antenna capability and is capable of judging whether there is a LOS path currently based on the measurement reference signal sent by the source node to the target node. A positioning measurement reference signal determines whether there is an LOS path with the source node. At this time, the positioning feedback message sent by the target node to the source node does not need to indicate the second time-frequency resource of the second positioning measurement reference signal, and the source node does not need to It is sufficient to perform the LOS path indication by oneself, but directly obtain the LOS path status indication information in the positioning feedback message.
更进一步地,若此时源节点和目标节点的定位能力比较强,所支持的定位方法比较多,使得相应的定位能力信息量比较大,为了精简相对定位请求信号与应答信号,可以将定位能力请求信号与定位能力应答信号设计成单独的信令流程,而不是将定位能力请求指示信息与定位能力应答指示信息分别承载在相对定位请求信号与相对定位应答信号。Furthermore, if the localization capabilities of the source node and the target node are relatively strong at this time, there are many supported localization methods, so that the corresponding location capability information is relatively large. In order to simplify the relative location request signal and response signal, the location capability can be The request signal and the positioning capability response signal are designed as separate signaling processes, instead of carrying the positioning capability request indication information and the positioning capability response indication information in the relative positioning request signal and the relative positioning response signal respectively.
如图7所示,提供了应用于上述场景下的一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 7 , a schematic flowchart of a triggering method of a positioning mode applied in the above scenario is provided. Include the following steps:
S701,源节点向目标节点发送定位请求消息。S701, the source node sends a positioning request message to the target node.
其中,该定位请求消息可以是相对定位请求信号(relative positioning request)。The positioning request message may be a relative positioning request signal (relative positioning request).
定位请求消息可以至少携带第三指示信息,该第三指示信息为第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源的指示信息,如非周期相对定位测量参考信号的时频资源指示信息。The positioning request message may carry at least third indication information, where the third indication information is indication information of the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal, such as time-frequency resource indication information of the aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal.
可选地,定位请求信号的示意性结构可以如图8所示,源节点将需要用于目标节点进行定位测量参考信号的时频资源指示信息承载在相对定位请求消息中,并告诉目标终端。Optionally, the schematic structure of the positioning request signal can be shown in FIG. 8 , the source node carries the time-frequency resource indication information needed for the target node to perform the positioning measurement reference signal in the relative positioning request message, and informs the target terminal.
S702,源节点向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号。S702, the source node sends a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
其中,该第一定位测量参考信号可以是定位测量参考信号包括但不限于:非周期PRS信号,非周期CSI-RS信号,非周期TRS信号等。Wherein, the first positioning measurement reference signal may be a positioning measurement reference signal, including but not limited to: aperiodic PRS signal, aperiodic CSI-RS signal, aperiodic TRS signal, and the like.
S703,目标节点向源节点发送定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息携带第一指示信息。S703, the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries the first indication information.
可选地,目标节点接收定位请求消息,并在指定的第一时频资源上接收第一定位测量参考信号。目标节点基于接收到的第一定位测量参考信号判断源节点和目标节点之间是否存在LOS径。Optionally, the target node receives the positioning request message, and receives the first positioning measurement reference signal on the designated first time-frequency resource. The target node determines whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node based on the received first positioning measurement reference signal.
目标节点向源节点发送定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息至少携带第一指示信息,以指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS径条件,也即是否存在LOS径。The target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries at least first indication information to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, whether there is an LOS path.
示例性的,目标终节点例如可以根据源节点发送的非周期测量参考信号来进行LOS径存在与否的判断,并将判断出的结果承载在定位反馈消息中反馈给源节点。Exemplarily, the target terminal node may, for example, judge whether the LOS path exists or not according to the aperiodic measurement reference signal sent by the source node, and carry the judged result in a positioning feedback message and feed it back to the source node.
可选地,定位反馈消息的一种示意性结构如图9所示,其中,目标节点反馈给源节点的定位反馈消息中的LOS径存在状态指示可以具体是指源节点和目标节点存是否存在LOS径的指示信息。Optionally, a schematic structure of the positioning feedback message is shown in FIG. 9 , wherein the LOS path existence status indication in the positioning feedback message fed back by the target node to the source node may specifically refer to whether the source node and the target node exist or not. Indication information of the LOS path.
更进一步地,目标节点和源节点可以用1比特指示信息表征LOS径存在状态。比如 如果存在LOS径,则用比特“1”表示;如果不存在LOS径,则用比特“0”表示。当然,也可以是如果存在LOS径,则用比特“0”表示;如果不存在LOS径,则用比特“1”表示。Furthermore, the target node and the source node can use 1-bit indication information to represent the LOS path existence state. For example, if there is an LOS path, it is represented by a bit "1"; if there is no LOS path, it is represented by a bit "0". Of course, if there is an LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "0"; if there is no LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "1".
S704,源节点向目标节点发送定位能力请求信息。S704, the source node sends positioning capability request information to the target node.
定位能力请求信息例如可以是相对定位能力请求信号(capability request)。The positioning capability request information may be, for example, a relative positioning capability request signal (capability request).
可选地,该定位能力请求信息还可以携带第四指示信息,该第四指示信息可以是源节点自己的定位能力指示信息,用于向目标节点指示源节点的定位能力。Optionally, the location capability request information may further carry fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information may be the location capability indication information of the source node itself, and is used to indicate the location capability of the source node to the target node.
S705,目标节点向源节点发送定位能力反馈信息。S705, the target node sends positioning capability feedback information to the source node.
目标节点接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,并响应于该定位能力请求信息,向源节点发送定位能力反馈信息。The target node receives the location capability request information sent by the source node, and in response to the location capability request information, sends location capability feedback information to the source node.
其中,定位能力反馈信息携带第二指示信息,该第二指示信息可以是目标节点定位能力指示信息(capability response),用于向源节点指示目标节点的定位能力。The positioning capability feedback information carries second indication information, and the second indication information may be target node positioning capability indication information (capability response), which is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node to the source node.
S706,源节点根据第一指示信息和定位能力反馈信息判断定位方式。S706, the source node determines the positioning mode according to the first indication information and the positioning capability feedback information.
源节点根据上述步骤S703中接收到的定位反馈消息和步骤S705中接收到的定位能力反馈信息,分别解析出LOS径存在状态信息以及目标节点定位能力信息,并基于预设准则判断后续进入相对定位流程还是协作定位流程。According to the positioning feedback message received in the above step S703 and the positioning capability feedback information received in the step S705, the source node parses out the LOS path existence status information and the target node positioning capability information respectively, and determines the subsequent entry into relative positioning based on the preset criteria. The process is also a collaborative positioning process.
其中,源节点判断采取定位方式的预设准则可以包括以下内容:Wherein, the preset criteria for the source node to determine to adopt the positioning method may include the following:
(1)当确定源节点和目标节点之间不满足LOS条件,即不存在LOS径时,确定源节点和目标节点采用多节点协作定位,后续可进入协作定位流程;(1) When it is determined that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, there is no LOS path, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt multi-node cooperative positioning, and the cooperative positioning process can be entered later;
(2)当确定源节点和目标节点之间满足LOS条件,即存在LOS径时,进一步判断源节点和目标节点的定位能力,并根据定位能力确定后续定位流程中采用的定位方式。这里的定位能力可以主要是源节点和/或目标节点的天线数量,其中:(2) When it is determined that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, there is an LOS path, the positioning capability of the source node and the target node is further judged, and the positioning method used in the subsequent positioning process is determined according to the positioning capability. The positioning capability here can be mainly the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node, where:
当源节点和/或目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用相对定位方式,后续可进入相对定位流程。When the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a relative positioning method, and the relative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
或者,当该源节点和目标节点的天线数量均小于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用协作定位方式,后续可进入协作定位流程。Alternatively, when the number of antennas of the source node and the target node are both less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method, and the cooperative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
可选地,这里的第一阈值例如可以为3。Optionally, the first threshold here may be 3, for example.
可以理解的,在本实施例中,源节点发送的定位请求消息中没有携带定位能力请求信息,目标节点反馈的定位反馈消息中也没有携带用于指示目标节点定位能力的第二指示信息,源节点可以通过单独发送定位能力请求信息,来请求查询目标节点的定位能力,而目标节点则可以将第二指示信息单独发送给源节点,使源节点获取目标节点的定位能力信息。其中,具体的承载方式可以参考R16版本中的蜂窝/基站定位中的能力请求(request capabilities)和能力反馈(provid capabilities)的指示方式,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the location request message sent by the source node does not carry the location capability request information, and the location feedback message fed back by the target node does not carry the second indication information for indicating the location capability of the target node. The node may request to query the positioning capability of the target node by separately sending the positioning capability request information, and the target node may separately send the second indication information to the source node, so that the source node obtains the positioning capability information of the target node. For the specific bearer mode, reference may be made to the indication mode of the capability request (request capabilities) and the capability feedback (provid capabilities) in the cellular/base station positioning in the R16 version, which will not be repeated here.
进一步地,以3GPP侧边链路(sidelink)相对定位举例来说明具体的信令承载方式和测量参考信号设计。其中,相对定位请求信号可以通过物理侧边链路控制信道PSCCH(Physical sidelink control channel,PSCCH)信道中的2nd-SCI承载,非周期定位测量参考信号可以为非周期PRS信号、非周期CSI-RS或非周期TRS信号,并承载在物理侧边链路共享信道(Physical sidelink share channel,PSSCH)上。源节点可以通过PC5-RRC信令配置非周期CSI-RS测量参考信号以及目标终端的非周期CSI report的时频资源,相应的CSI上报以及相对定位应答信号可以通过MAC-CE完成。更进一步,这样的流程设 计与信令格式不仅适用于网络覆盖外的方式(model2)下的sidelink相对定位,同时也适用于网络覆盖范围内的方式(mode1)下的sidelink相对定位。Further, the specific signaling bearer mode and measurement reference signal design are illustrated by taking the relative positioning of the 3GPP sidelink (sidelink) as an example. The relative positioning request signal can be carried by the 2nd-SCI in the PSCCH (Physical sidelink control channel, PSCCH) channel, and the aperiodic positioning measurement reference signal can be aperiodic PRS signal, aperiodic CSI-RS Or aperiodic TRS signal, and carried on the Physical sidelink share channel (Physical sidelink share channel, PSSCH). The source node can configure the aperiodic CSI-RS measurement reference signal and the time-frequency resources of the aperiodic CSI report of the target terminal through PC5-RRC signaling, and the corresponding CSI reporting and relative positioning response signal can be completed through MAC-CE. Further, such a process design and signaling format are not only applicable to sidelink relative positioning under the mode outside the network coverage (model2), but also applicable to the relative positioning of the sidelink under the mode (mode1) within the network coverage.
根据本申请实施例提供的上述定位方式的触发方法,通过目标节点向源节点反馈LOS径存在状态信息以及定位能力信息,由源节点基于这些信息确定后续具体采用哪种定位方式进行定位流程,也即在定位流程执行前,先基于一定信令流程选择更为适用当前定位场景的定位方式,能够在保证精度的情况下,避免不必要的大量的系统开销。According to the triggering method of the above positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the target node feeds back the LOS path existence status information and the positioning capability information to the source node, and the source node determines which positioning method to use for the subsequent positioning process based on the information. That is, before the positioning process is executed, a positioning mode that is more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can avoid a large amount of unnecessary system overhead while ensuring the accuracy.
其中另一个可能的场景为:当源节点和目标节点所支持的定位方式较少,相应的定位能力指示信息较少时,为了精简定位流程可以将定位定位能力请求信息和定位能力反馈信息分别承载于定位请求消息和定位反馈消息中。Another possible scenario is: when the source node and the target node support less positioning methods and the corresponding positioning capability indication information is less, in order to simplify the positioning process, the positioning and positioning capability request information and the positioning capability feedback information can be separately carried in the positioning request message and the positioning feedback message.
如图10所示,提供了应用于上述场景下的一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 10 , a schematic flowchart of a method for triggering a positioning method applied in the above scenario is provided. Include the following steps:
S1001,源节点向目标节点发送定位请求消息。S1001, the source node sends a positioning request message to the target node.
其中,该定位请求消息可以是相对定位请求信号(relative positioning request),该请求消息可以至少携带第三指示信息,该第三指示信息为第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源的指示信息,如非周期相对定位测量参考信号时频资源指示信息。The positioning request message may be a relative positioning request signal (relative positioning request), and the request message may carry at least third indication information, where the third indication information is an indication of the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal information, such as aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource indication information.
此外,该定位请求消息还携带定位能力请求信息(capability request),用于请求向目标节点查询其定位能力。In addition, the location request message also carries location capability request information (capability request), which is used to request the target node to query its location capability.
应理解,定位请求信号的示意性结构可以如图11所示,该定位请求消息中除了定位测量参考信号指示信息之外,还包括定位能力请求信息,也即指示目标节点向源节点提供自身支持的定位能力指示信息。It should be understood that the schematic structure of the positioning request signal may be as shown in FIG. 11 . In addition to the positioning measurement reference signal indication information, the positioning request message also includes positioning capability request information, that is, instructing the target node to provide its own support to the source node. location capability indication information.
可选地,定位能力请求信息中也可以包括源节点自身支持的定位能力,用于向目标节点提供源节点支持的定位能力。Optionally, the location capability request information may also include the location capability supported by the source node itself, so as to provide the target node with the location capability supported by the source node.
S1002,源节点向目标节点发送定位第一定位测量参考信号。S1002, the source node sends a positioning first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
其中,该第一定位测量参考信号定位测量参考信号可以为包括但不限于:非周期PRS信号,非周期CSI-RS信号,非周期TRS信号等。Wherein, the first positioning measurement reference signal may include, but is not limited to, an aperiodic PRS signal, an aperiodic CSI-RS signal, an aperiodic TRS signal, and the like.
S1003,目标节点向源节点发送定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息。S1003, the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries the first indication information and the second indication information.
其中,第一指示信息可以是LOS径存在状态指示信息,用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS径条件,也即是否存在LOS径。第二指示信息可以是目标节点的定位能力指示信息,用于指示目标节点所支持的定位能力。The first indication information may be LOS path existence status indication information, which is used to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, whether there is an LOS path. The second indication information may be positioning capability indication information of the target node, which is used to indicate the positioning capability supported by the target node.
可选地,目标节点接收定位请求消息,并在指定的第一时频资源上接收第一定位测量参考信号。目标节点基于接收到的第一定位测量参考信号判断源节点和目标节点之间是否存在LOS径。Optionally, the target node receives the positioning request message, and receives the first positioning measurement reference signal on the designated first time-frequency resource. The target node determines whether there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node based on the received first positioning measurement reference signal.
目标节点向源节点发送定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息至少携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,以指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS径条件,也即是否存在LOS径,以及目标节点的定位能力。The target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, and the positioning feedback message carries at least the first indication information and the second indication information to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, that is, whether there is an LOS path, and the target node. Node positioning capability.
示例性的,目标节点例如可以根据源节点发送的非周期定位测量参考信号来进行其与源节点之间的LOS径存在与否的判断,并将判断出的结果承载在相对定位反馈消息中反馈给源节点。Exemplarily, the target node can, for example, judge whether the LOS path exists between it and the source node according to the aperiodic positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node, and carry the judged result in the relative positioning feedback message for feedback. to the source node.
可选地,定位反馈消息的一种示意性结构可以如图12所示,其中,目标节点反馈给 源节点的定位反馈消息中的LOS径存在状态指示可以具体是指源节点和目标节点存是否存在LOS径的指示信息,用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS径条件;定位能力反馈信息用于指示目标节点所支持的定位能力。Optionally, a schematic structure of the positioning feedback message may be shown in FIG. 12 , where the LOS path existence status indication in the positioning feedback message fed back by the target node to the source node may specifically refer to whether the source node and the target node have storage or not. There is indication information of the LOS path, which is used to indicate whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; the positioning capability feedback information is used to indicate the positioning capability supported by the target node.
在一些实施例中,可以用1比特指示信息表征LOS径存在状态。比如如果存在LOS径,则用比特“1”表示;如果不存在LOS径,则用比特“0”表示。当然,也可以是如果存在LOS径,则用比特“0”表示;如果不存在LOS径,则用比特“1”表示。In some embodiments, the LOS path presence status can be represented by 1-bit indication information. For example, if there is an LOS path, it is represented by a bit "1"; if there is no LOS path, it is represented by a bit "0". Of course, if there is an LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "0"; if there is no LOS path, it can be represented by a bit "1".
S1004,源节点根据定位反馈消息判断定位方式。S1004, the source node determines the positioning mode according to the positioning feedback message.
源节点根据上述步骤S803中接收到的定位反馈消息解析出LOS径存在状态信息以及目标节点定位能力信息,并基于预设准则判断后续进入相对定位流程还是协作定位流程。The source node parses the LOS path existence state information and the target node positioning capability information according to the positioning feedback message received in the above step S803, and determines whether to enter the relative positioning process or the cooperative positioning process subsequently based on the preset criteria.
其中,源节点判断采取定位方式的预设准则可以包括以下内容:Wherein, the preset criteria for the source node to determine to adopt the positioning method may include the following:
(1)当确定源节点和目标节点之间不存在LOS径,即不满足LOS条件时,确定源节点和目标节点采用多节点协作定位,后续可进入协作定位流程;(1) When it is determined that there is no LOS path between the source node and the target node, that is, the LOS condition is not satisfied, determine that the source node and the target node adopt multi-node cooperative positioning, and then enter the cooperative positioning process;
(2)当确定源节点和目标节点之间存在LOS径,即满足LOS条件时,进一步判断源节点和目标节点的定位能力,其中:(2) When it is determined that there is an LOS path between the source node and the target node, that is, when the LOS condition is satisfied, the positioning capability of the source node and the target node is further judged, wherein:
当源节点和/或目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用相对定位方式,后续可进入相对定位流程。When the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a relative positioning method, and the relative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
或者,当该源节点和目标节点的天线数量均小于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用协作定位方式,后续可进入协作定位流程。Alternatively, when the number of antennas of the source node and the target node are both less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method, and the cooperative positioning process can be entered subsequently.
可选地,该第一阈值例如可以为3。Optionally, the first threshold may be 3, for example.
应理解,定位能力请求消息和定位能力反馈消息的设计可以参考R16版本中的蜂窝/基站定位中的能力请求(request capabilities)和能力反馈(provid capabilities)的承载方式,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the design of the positioning capability request message and the positioning capability feedback message may refer to the bearer mode of the capability request (request capabilities) and capability feedback (provid capabilities) in the cellular/base station positioning in the R16 version, which will not be repeated here.
相比于图7所示场景中通过额外的单独信令来承载定位能力请求信息与定位能力反馈信息,图10所示的实施例将定位能力请求信息与定位能力反馈信息分别承载在定位请求消息与定位反馈信号中。上述设计可以精简相对定位-协作定位协商的流程。Compared with carrying the positioning capability request information and positioning capability feedback information through additional separate signaling in the scenario shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 carries the positioning capability request information and positioning capability feedback information in the positioning request message respectively. with the positioning feedback signal. The above design can simplify the relative positioning-cooperative positioning negotiation process.
根据本申请实施例提供的上述定位方式的触发方法,通过目标节点向源节点反馈LOS径存在状态信息以及定位能力信息,由源节点基于这些信息确定后续具体采用哪种定位方式进行定位流程,也即在定位流程执行前,先基于一定信令流程选择更为适用当前定位场景的定位方式,能够在保证精度的情况下,避免多余系统开销。According to the triggering method of the above positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the target node feeds back the LOS path existence status information and the positioning capability information to the source node, and the source node determines which positioning method to use for the subsequent positioning process based on the information. That is, before the positioning process is executed, a positioning mode that is more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can avoid redundant system overhead while ensuring the accuracy.
其中又一个可能的场景为:由于目标节点能力弱或天线能力不足,即使源节点给目标节点发送了用于定位测量的参考信号,该目标节点的能力不足以支持其基于测量参考信号来判断是否存在LOS径。在这种情况下,目标节点可以在发给节点的定位反馈消息中指示源节点在相应的时频资源上进行定位测量参考信号测量,由源节点来执行LOS径的检测。Another possible scenario is: due to the weak capability of the target node or insufficient antenna capability, even if the source node sends a reference signal for positioning measurement to the target node, the capability of the target node is not sufficient to support it to determine whether or not based on the measurement reference signal. LOS trails exist. In this case, the target node may instruct the source node to perform positioning measurement reference signal measurement on the corresponding time-frequency resource in the positioning feedback message sent to the node, and the source node performs LOS path detection.
该场景下,源节点如果在目标节点发送的信令中解析出定位测量参考信号时频资源(如非周期相对定位测量参考信号时频资源)指示信息,则表明反馈消息中的LOS径状态信息(即第一指示信息)无效或者不可信。此时源节点根据目标节点发送的时频资源指示信息以及定位测量参考信号,可以自己进行其与目标节点之间的LOS径存在状态的检测。源节点在自己完成LOS径检测之后,可以只选择自己检测判断的结果;可选地, 源节点也可以结合自己检测判断的LOS径状态结果以及从反馈消息中解析出的LOS径状态结果来决定LOS径的存在状态。本实施例既可以基于图7对应的实施例的场景实现,或者也可以基于图10对应的实施例的场景实现。下文以基于图10对应的实施例的场景来进行说明。In this scenario, if the source node parses the positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource (such as aperiodic relative positioning measurement reference signal time-frequency resource) indication information in the signaling sent by the target node, it indicates the LOS path status information in the feedback message. (ie, the first indication information) is invalid or unreliable. At this time, the source node can detect the existence state of the LOS path between itself and the target node according to the time-frequency resource indication information and the positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node. After the source node completes the LOS path detection by itself, it can only select the result of its own detection and judgment; alternatively, the source node can also combine the LOS path status result of its own detection and judgment and the LOS path status result parsed from the feedback message. The existence status of the LOS trail. This embodiment may be implemented based on the scenario of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7 , or may also be implemented based on the scenario of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 . The following description is based on the scenario of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 .
如图13所示,提供了应用于上述场景下的一种定位方式的触发方法的示意性流程图。包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 13 , a schematic flowchart of a method for triggering a positioning method applied in the above scenario is provided. Include the following steps:
S1301,源节点向目标节点发送定位请求消息。S1301, the source node sends a positioning request message to the target node.
S1302,源节点向目标节点发送定位测量参考信号。S1302, the source node sends a positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
S1303,目标节点向源节点发送定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息携带第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第五指示信息。S1303, the target node sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message carries the first indication information, the second indication information and the fifth indication information.
其中,步骤S1301至步骤S1303与步骤S1001至步骤S1003类似,具体说明可参见前述相应步骤的说明内容,此处不再赘述。Wherein, steps S1301 to S1303 are similar to steps S1001 to S1003 , and the specific description can refer to the description of the corresponding steps above, which will not be repeated here.
但是值得注意的,步骤S1303的定位反馈消息除了携带前述所说的第一指示信息、第二指示信息,用以分别指示目标节点与源节点之间的LOS径存在状态和目标节点的定位能力之外,还携带第五指示信息。其中,该第五指示信息可以是第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源指示信息,用于指示源节点第二定位测量参考信号对应的时频资源。However, it is worth noting that the positioning feedback message in step S1303 carries the aforementioned first indication information and second indication information to indicate the difference between the LOS path existence state between the target node and the source node and the positioning capability of the target node, respectively. In addition, fifth indication information is also carried. The fifth indication information may be second time-frequency resource indication information corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal, and is used to indicate the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal of the source node.
可选地,第二定位测量参考信号为目标节点发送给源节点的定位测量参考信号,用于使源节点根据该第二定位测量参考信号判断其与目标节点之间的LOS径存在状态,也即判断源节点与目标节点之间是否满足LOS径条件。Optionally, the second positioning measurement reference signal is a positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node to the source node, and is used to enable the source node to determine the LOS path existence state between it and the target node according to the second positioning measurement reference signal, and also That is, it is judged whether the LOS path condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
当源节点在定位反馈消息解析出该第五指示信息后,可以表明当前收到的第一指示信息所指示的LOS径存在状态无效或不可信。After the source node parses the fifth indication information in the positioning feedback message, it may indicate that the LOS path existence state indicated by the currently received first indication information is invalid or unreliable.
区别于图10所示实施例,本实施例中由于目标节点的能力不足以支持其基于定位测量参考信号判断与源节点之间的LOS径存在状态,其在步骤S1303中发送给源节点的定位反馈消息中携带的第一指示信息可能是无效或不可信的,因此,目标节点可以再向源节点发送用于LOS径判断的定位测量参考信号。Different from the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , in this embodiment, since the capability of the target node is not sufficient to support its determination of the existence state of the LOS path with the source node based on the positioning measurement reference signal, it sends the location information to the source node in step S1303. The first indication information carried in the feedback message may be invalid or unreliable, therefore, the target node may send a positioning measurement reference signal for LOS path determination to the source node again.
S1304,目标节点向源节点发送第二定位测量参考信号。S1304, the target node sends a second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node.
源节点基于接收到的目标节点发送的第五指示信息,在指定的第二时频资源接收对应的第二定位测量参考信号。The source node receives the corresponding second positioning measurement reference signal in the designated second time-frequency resource based on the received fifth indication information sent by the target node.
可选地,该第二定位测量参考信号可以包括但不限于:非周期PRS信号、非周期CSI-RS信号、非周期TRS信号等。Optionally, the second positioning measurement reference signal may include, but is not limited to, an aperiodic PRS signal, an aperiodic CSI-RS signal, an aperiodic TRS signal, and the like.
S1305,源节点根据第二指示信息并结合自身测量获取的LOS径存在状态信息,确定定位方式。S1305, the source node determines a positioning method according to the second indication information and in combination with the LOS path existence state information obtained by its own measurement.
源节点根据自身基于定位参考信号定位测量参考信号获取的LOS径存在状态信息,结合解析出的定位反馈消息中的定位能力反馈信息,并基于预设准则判断接下来是进入相对定位流程还是进入协作定位流程。According to the LOS path existence status information obtained by the source node based on the positioning measurement reference signal based on the positioning reference signal, combined with the positioning capability feedback information in the parsed positioning feedback message, and based on the preset criteria, determine whether to enter the relative positioning process or enter the cooperation next. positioning process.
可选地,源节点还可以结合定位反馈消息中的第一指示信息、第二指示信息,以及自身基于定位测量参考信号获取的LOS径存在状态信息,基于预设准则判断接下来是进入相对定位流程还是进入协作定位流程。Optionally, the source node can also combine the first indication information, the second indication information in the positioning feedback message, and the LOS path existence status information obtained by itself based on the positioning measurement reference signal, and judge based on preset criteria that the next step is to enter relative positioning. The process still enters the collaborative positioning process.
可选地,本实施例中定位反馈消息的结构可以如图14所示,除了包括LOS径存在 状态指示信息、定位能力反馈信息外,还包括用于源节点进行LOS径判断的定位测量参考信号时频资源指示信息,其中,该定位测量参考信号例如可以是非周期测量参考信号。Optionally, the structure of the positioning feedback message in this embodiment may be as shown in FIG. 14 . In addition to the LOS path existence status indication information and the positioning capability feedback information, it also includes a positioning measurement reference signal used by the source node to determine the LOS path. Time-frequency resource indication information, where the positioning measurement reference signal may be, for example, an aperiodic measurement reference signal.
区别于图7和图10所示的实施例中的信令流程设计与相对定位应答信号设计,本实施例在目标节点发送完定位反馈消息之后同时也发送用于源节点判断LOS径是否存在的定位测量参考信号,并且在定位反馈消息中指示非周期测量参考信号的时频资源。本实施例能够很好的解决由于目标节点能力弱或天线能力不足,无法基于相对定位测量参考信号来判断是否存在LOS径的情况。Different from the signaling process design and the relative positioning response signal design in the embodiments shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 10 , in this embodiment, after the target node sends the positioning feedback message, it also sends a message for the source node to determine whether the LOS path exists. Positioning the measurement reference signal, and indicating the time-frequency resource of the aperiodic measurement reference signal in the positioning feedback message. This embodiment can well solve the situation that whether there is an LOS path cannot be determined based on the relative positioning measurement reference signal due to weak target node capability or insufficient antenna capability.
根据本申请实施例提供的上述定位方式的触发方法,通过目标节点向源节点发送定位测量参考信号以及该参考信号对应的时频资源,由源节点基于这些信息判断与目标节点之间是否存在LOS径,结合相关节点的定位能力进而确定后续具体采用哪种定位方式进行定位流程,也即在定位流程执行前,先基于一定信令流程选择更为适用当前定位场景的定位方式,能够在保证精度的情况下,避免多余系统开销。According to the triggering method of the positioning mode provided by the embodiment of the present application, the target node sends a positioning measurement reference signal and the time-frequency resource corresponding to the reference signal to the source node, and the source node determines whether there is an LOS with the target node based on the information. According to the positioning capability of the relevant nodes, the specific positioning method to be used in the subsequent positioning process is determined. That is, before the positioning process is executed, the positioning method that is more suitable for the current positioning scenario is selected based on a certain signaling process, which can ensure the accuracy. In the case of avoiding redundant system overhead.
示例性的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信节点的结构示意图,如图15所示,该通信节点1500包括发送单元1501,接收单元1502和处理单元1503。Exemplarily, an embodiment of the present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of a communication node. As shown in FIG. 15 , the communication node 1500 includes a sending unit 1501 , a receiving unit 1502 and a processing unit 1503 .
在一种实现方式中,发送单元1501,可以用于向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号。In an implementation manner, the sending unit 1501 may be configured to send the first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node.
接收单元1502,可以用于接收目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件。The receiving unit 1502 may be configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
处理单元1503,可以用于根据第一指示信息,确定源节点和目标节点之间的定位方式。The processing unit 1503 may be configured to determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node according to the first indication information.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1503,可以具体用于:当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用多节点协作定位;当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 1503 may be specifically configured to: when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determine that the source node and the target node do not meet the LOS condition. The target node adopts multi-node cooperative positioning; when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node , and determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
在一种实现方式中,定位能力包括天线数量;处理单元1503,还可以用于:当判断源节点和/或目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,当判断源节点和目标节点的天线数量小于第一阈值时,确定源节点和目标节点采用协作定位方式。In an implementation manner, the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the processing unit 1503 may also be configured to: when judging that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, determine that the source node and the target node use relative Or, when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
在一种实现方式中,发送单元1501,还可以用于向目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,该定位能力请求信息用于请求查询目标节点的定位能力。In an implementation manner, the sending unit 1501 may be further configured to send positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
接收单元1502,还可以用于接收目标节点发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示目标节点的定位能力。The receiving unit 1502 may also be configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
在一种实现方式中,发送单元1501,还可以用于向目标节点发送定位请求消息,该定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。In an implementation manner, the sending unit 1501 may also be configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first positioning measurement reference signal corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal. time-frequency resources.
在一种实现方式中,定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,该定位能力请求信息用于请求查询目标节点的定位能力。In an implementation manner, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
在一种实现方式中,定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示目标节点的定位能力。处理模块1503,还可以用于根据第二指示信息确定目标节点的定位 能力。In an implementation manner, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node. The processing module 1503 may also be configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
在一种实现方式中,定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示源节点的定位能力。In an implementation manner, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
在一种实现方式中,定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;接收单元1502,还可以用于根据第五指示信息,在第二时频资源接收目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号。In an implementation manner, the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; the receiving unit 1502 can also be used to The indication information is to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node on the second time-frequency resource.
处理单元1503,还可以用于根据第二定位测量参考信号,判断源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS条件。The processing unit 1503 may also be configured to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
在一种实现方式中,第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS径条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。In an implementation manner, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; When the information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0; When the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
在一种实现方式中,定位请求消息通过物理测量链路控制信道PSCCH传输至目标节点;和/或,定位测量参考信号通过物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH传输至目标节点。In an implementation manner, the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through the physical measurement link control channel PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted to the target node through the physical sidelink shared channel PSSCH.
图16示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种通信节点的结构示意图。该通信节点1600包括接收单元1601,处理单元1602和发送单元1603。FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of another communication node provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication node 1600 includes a receiving unit 1601 , a processing unit 1602 and a sending unit 1603 .
在一种实现方式中,接收单元1601,可以用于接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号。In an implementation manner, the receiving unit 1601 may be configured to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node.
处理单元1602,可以用于根据第一定位测量参考信号确定源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件。The processing unit 1602 may be configured to determine, according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
发送单元1603,可以用于向源节点发送定位反馈消息,该定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件。The sending unit 1603 may be configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
在一种实现方式中,接收单元1601,还可以用于接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,该定位能力请求信息用于请求查询目标节点的定位能力。In an implementation manner, the receiving unit 1601 may also be configured to receive the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
处理单元1602,还可以用于根据定位能力请求消息确定目标节点的定位能力。The processing unit 1602 may also be configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the positioning capability request message.
发送单元1603,还可以用于向源节点发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示目标节点的定位能力。The sending unit 1603 may also be configured to send second indication information to the source node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
在一种实现方式中,接收单元1601,还可以用于接收源节点发送的定位请求消息,该定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。In an implementation manner, the receiving unit 1601 may also be configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first positioning measurement reference signal corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal. Time-frequency resources.
在一种实现方式中,定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,该定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。In an implementation manner, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
在一种实现方式中,定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示源节点的定位能力。In an implementation manner, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
在一种实现方式中,定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;发送单元1603,还可以用于向源节点发送的第二定位测量参考信号,该第二定位测量参考信号用于源节点判断源节点和目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。In an implementation manner, the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; the sending unit 1603 can also be used to send a message to the source node. The sent second positioning measurement reference signal, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
在一种实现方式中,第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中,当第一指示信息指示 满足LOS径条件时,第一指示信息为1;当第一指示信息指示不满足LOS径条件时,第一指示信息为0;或者,当第一指示信息指示满足LOS径条件时,第一指示信息为0;当第一指示信息指示不满足LOS径条件时,第一指示信息为1。In an implementation manner, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied , the first indication information is 0; or, when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0; when the first indication information indicates that the LOS path condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
在一种实现方式中,定位请求消息通过PSCCH传输至目标节点;和/或,定位测量参考信号通过PSSCH传输至目标节点。In an implementation manner, the positioning request message is transmitted to the target node through the PSCCH; and/or the positioning measurement reference signal is transmitted to the target node through the PSSCH.
图17示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意性结构图。该通信装置1700包括至少一个处理器1701、通信接口1702以及存储器1703,所述通信接口用于所述通信装置与其他通信装置进行信息交互,所述存储器存储有计算机程序指令,当程序指令在所述至少一个处理器中执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上文所述的定位方式的触发方法在如下任一节点上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1700 includes at least one processor 1701, a communication interface 1702, and a memory 1703. The communication interface is used for the communication device to exchange information with other communication devices. The memory stores computer program instructions. When executed in the at least one processor, the communication device implements the function of the triggering method of the positioning mode described above on any one of the following nodes: the source node and the target node.
其中,处理器1701,通信接口1702和存储器1703通过总线1704互相连接。其中,总线1704可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线1704可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图17中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The processor 1701 , the communication interface 1702 and the memory 1703 are connected to each other through a bus 1704 . The bus 1704 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like. The bus 1704 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 17, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
本申请实施例还提供了一种非易失性存储介质,该非易失性存储介质中存储有一个或多个程序代码,当通信装置1700的处理器1701执行该程序代码时,通信装置1700执行上文所述的定位方式的触发方法在如下任一节点上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。Embodiments of the present application further provide a non-volatile storage medium, where one or more program codes are stored in the non-volatile storage medium. When the processor 1701 of the communication device 1700 executes the program codes, the communication device 1700 The function of the triggering method for executing the positioning method described above can be realized on any one of the following nodes: the source node and the target node.
其中,本申请实施例提供的通信装置1700中各个单元或模块的详细描述以及各个单元执行本申请任一方法实施例中源节点或目标节点执行的相关方法步骤后所带来的技术效果可以参考本申请方法实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The detailed description of each unit or module in the communication apparatus 1700 provided in the embodiment of the present application and the technical effect brought by each unit after the relevant method steps performed by the source node or the target node in any method embodiment of the present application can be referred to. The relevant descriptions in the method embodiments of the present application will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个方法中的一个或多个步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer or processor is run on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor is made to execute any one of the above methods. or multiple steps.
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品。当该计算机程序产品在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个方法中的一个或多个步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions. The computer program product, when run on a computer or processor, causes the computer or processor to perform one or more steps of any of the above methods.
上述本申请实施例提供的通信节点、通信装置、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品、芯片均用于执行上文所提供的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的方法对应的有益效果,在此不再赘述。The communication nodes, communication devices, computer-readable storage media, computer program products, and chips provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application are all used to execute the methods provided above. Therefore, for the beneficial effects that can be achieved, reference may be made to those provided above. The beneficial effects corresponding to the method are not repeated here.
结合上文内容,本申请还提供如下实施例:In conjunction with the above content, the application also provides the following embodiments:
实施例1,提供了一种定位方式的触发方法,其中,应用于源节点,包括:Embodiment 1 provides a method for triggering a positioning method, wherein, applied to a source node, the method includes:
向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息至少用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node;
当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method;
当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node. Describe the positioning method between target nodes.
实施例2,根据实施例1所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所 述根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:Embodiment 2, the triggering method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node The positioning methods between, specifically include:
当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or,
当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
实施例3,根据实施例1或实施例2所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 3, the triggering method according to Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, wherein the method further includes:
向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例4,根据实施例1-3中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 4, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 1-3, wherein the method further includes:
向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例5,根据实施例4所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 5, the triggering method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例6,根据实施例1-5中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 6, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 1-5, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the method also includes:
根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
实施例7,根据实施例4-6中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 7. The triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 4-6, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例8,根据实施例1-7中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述相对定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述方法还包括:Embodiment 8, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 1-7, wherein the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal; the method further includes:
根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node on the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information;
根据所述第二定位测量参考信号,判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。According to the second positioning measurement reference signal, it is determined whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
实施例9,根据实施例1-8中任选一实施例所述的触发方法,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 9, according to the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 1-8, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例10,根据实施例1-9中任一实施例所述的方法,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 10, the method according to any one of Embodiments 1-9, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例11,一种定位方式的触发方法,其中,应用于目标节点,包括:Embodiment 11, a method for triggering a positioning method, wherein, applied to a target node, comprising:
接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;receiving the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node;
根据所述第一定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS条件;Determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal;
向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。Send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
实施例12,根据实施例11所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 12, the triggering method according to Embodiment 11, wherein the method further comprises:
接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;receiving the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
实施例13,根据实施例11或12所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 13, the triggering method according to Embodiment 11 or 12, wherein the method further comprises:
接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。A positioning request message sent by the source node is received, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例14,根据实施例13所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 14, the triggering method according to Embodiment 13, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例15,根据实施例12-14中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 15, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 12-14, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例16,根据实施例11-15中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述方法还包括:Embodiment 16, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 11-15, wherein the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second positioning measurement reference signal corresponding second time-frequency resources; the method further includes:
向所述源节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号,所述第二定位测量参考信号用于所述源节点判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。The second positioning measurement reference signal sent to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
实施例17,根据实施例11-16中任一实施例所述的触发方法,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 17, according to the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 11-16, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例18,根据实施例11-17中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 18, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 11-17, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例19,一种定位方式的触发方法,其中,应用于源节点,包括:Embodiment 19, a method for triggering a positioning method, wherein, applied to a source node, comprising:
向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;Receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS is satisfied between the source node and the target node condition, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal;
根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node on the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information;
当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;When it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determining that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning mode;
当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目 标节点之间的定位方式。When it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node and the positioning method between the target node.
实施例20,根据实施例19所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:Embodiment 20, the triggering method according to Embodiment 19, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; and the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node The positioning methods between, specifically include:
当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or,
当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
实施例21,根据实施例19或20所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 21, the triggering method according to Embodiment 19 or 20, wherein the method further comprises:
向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例22,根据实施例19-21中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 22, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 19-21, wherein the method further comprises:
向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例23,根据实施例22所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 23, the triggering method according to Embodiment 22, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例24,根据实施例19-23中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 24, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 19-23, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the method also includes:
根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
实施例25,根据实施例22-24中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 25, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 22-24, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例26,根据实施例19-25中任选一实施例所述的触发方法,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 26, according to the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 19-25, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例27,根据实施例19-26中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 27, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 19-26, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例28,一种定位方式的触发方法,应用于目标节点,包括:Embodiment 28, a method for triggering a positioning method, applied to a target node, includes:
接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;receiving the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node;
根据所述第一定位测量参考信号向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;Send a positioning feedback message to the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal frequency resources;
向所述源节点发送所述第二定位测量参考信号。sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node.
实施例29,根据实施例28所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 29, the triggering method according to Embodiment 28, wherein the method further comprises:
接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;receiving the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
实施例30,根据实施例28或29所述的触发方法,其中,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 30, the triggering method according to Embodiment 28 or 29, wherein the method further comprises:
接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。A positioning request message sent by the source node is received, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例31,根据实施例30所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 31, the triggering method according to Embodiment 30, wherein the positioning request message includes positioning capability request information, and the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例32,根据实施例28-31中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 32: The triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 28-31, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例33,根据实施例28-33中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 33, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 28-33, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例34,根据实施例28-33中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 34, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 28-33, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例35,提供了一种通信节点,其中,包括:Embodiment 35 provides a communication node, including:
发送单元,用于向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;a sending unit, configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
接收单元,用于接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息至少用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;a receiving unit, configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight is satisfied between the source node and the target node LOS condition;
处理单元,用于当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。a processing unit, configured to determine that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning mode when it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node; When the first indication information determines that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node. The positioning method between nodes.
实施例36,根据实施例35所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述处理单元,具体用于:Embodiment 36, the communication node according to Embodiment 35, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; and the processing unit is specifically configured to:
当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or,
当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
实施例37,根据实施例35或实施例36所述的通信节点,其中,所述发送单元,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Embodiment 37: The communication node according to Embodiment 35 or Embodiment 36, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send location capability request information to the target node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query all Describe the positioning capability of the target node;
所述接收单元,还用于接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息 用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例38,根据实施例35-37中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述发送单元,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Embodiment 38: The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-37, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes a third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例39,根据实施例38所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 39, the communication node according to Embodiment 38, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例40,根据实施例35-39中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 40. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-39, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the processing unit is further configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
实施例41,根据实施例38-40中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 41. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 38-40, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例42,根据实施例35-41中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述相对定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述接收单元,还用于根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;Embodiment 42. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-41, wherein the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference a second time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal; the receiving unit is further configured to receive the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information;
所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第二定位测量参考信号,判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。The processing unit is further configured to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the second positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例43,根据实施例35-42中任选一实施例所述的通信节点,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 43, according to the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-42, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例44,根据实施例35-43中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 44, the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 35-43, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例45,一种通信节点,其中,包括:Embodiment 45, a communication node, comprising:
接收单元,用于接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;a receiving unit, configured to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node;
处理单元,用于根据所述第一定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS条件;a processing unit, configured to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal;
发送单元,用于向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。A sending unit, configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node .
实施例46,根据实施例45所述的通信节点,其中,接收单元,还用于接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Embodiment 46, the communication node according to Embodiment 45, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
发送单元,还用于根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
实施例47,根据实施例45或46所述的通信节点,其中,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Embodiment 47: The communication node according to Embodiment 45 or 46, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the The third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例48,根据实施例47所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 48, the communication node according to Embodiment 47, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例49,根据实施例46-48中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 49. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 46-48, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例50,根据实施例45-49中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述发送单元,还用于向所述源节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号,所述第二定位测量参考信号用于所述源节点判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。Embodiment 50. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 45-49, wherein the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference signal the corresponding second time-frequency resource; the sending unit is further configured to send the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine the source Whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the node and the target node.
实施例51,根据实施例45-50中任一实施例所述的通信节点,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 51. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 45-50, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例52,根据实施例45-51中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 52, the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 45-51, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例53,一种通信节点,其中,包括:Embodiment 53, a communication node, comprising:
发送单元,用于向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;a sending unit, configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
接收单元,用于接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;a receiving unit, configured to receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the relationship between the source node and the target node Whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is met, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; according to the fifth indication information, the target is received in the second time-frequency resource the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the node;
处理单元,用于当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。a processing unit, configured to determine that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning mode when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node; When it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node and the positioning method between the target node.
实施例54,根据实施例53所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述处理单元,用于根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:Embodiment 54, the communication node according to Embodiment 53, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; and the processing unit is configured to determine the source node according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node The positioning method between the target node and the target node, specifically including:
所述处理单元,具体用于当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。The processing unit is specifically configured to, when judging that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, determine that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, when When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
实施例55,根据实施例53或54所述的通信节点,其中,所述发送单元,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Embodiment 55: The communication node according to Embodiment 53 or 54, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the target Node positioning capability;
所述接收单元,还用于接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例56,根据实施例53-55中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述发送单元,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Embodiment 56: The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 53-55, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes a third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例57,根据实施例56所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 57, the communication node according to Embodiment 56, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例58,根据实施例53-57中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 58. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 53-57, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the processing unit is further configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
实施例59,根据实施例56-58中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 59. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 56-58, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例60,根据实施例53-59中任选一实施例所述的通信节点,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:In Embodiment 60, according to the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 53-59, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例61,根据实施例53-60中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 61, the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 53-60, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例62,一种通信节点,包括:Embodiment 62, a communication node, comprising:
接收单元,用于接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;a receiving unit, configured to receive the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node;
发送单元,用于根据所述第一定位测量参考信号,向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;向所述源节点发送所述第二定位测量参考信号。a sending unit, configured to send a positioning feedback message to the source node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal; sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node.
实施例63,根据实施例62所述的通信节点,其中,所述接收单元,还用于接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Embodiment 63: The communication node according to Embodiment 62, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive location capability request information sent by a source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location of the target node ability;
所述发送单元,还用于根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
实施例64,根据实施例62或63所述的通信节点,其中,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Embodiment 64: The communication node according to Embodiment 62 or 63, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the The third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例65,根据实施例64所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 65, the communication node according to Embodiment 64, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例66,根据实施例62-65中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 66. The communication node according to any one of Embodiments 62-65, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例67,根据实施例62-66中任一实施例所述的通信节点,其中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 67, the communication node according to any one of Embodiments 62-66, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例68,根据实施例62-67中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 68, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 62-67, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例69,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者偏上系统,该通信装置包括:至少一个处理器、通信接口和存储器,所述通信接口用于和其它通信装置进行通信,所述存储器存储有存储指令,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 69 provides a communication device, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip in a terminal or an upper system, the communication device includes: at least one processor, a communication interface and a memory, the communication interface is used to communicate with other The communication device communicates, and the memory stores a storage instruction, and when the instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device performs the following steps:
向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息至少用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node;
当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method;
当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node. Describe the positioning method between target nodes.
实施例70,根据实施例69所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 70. The communication device of Embodiment 69, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or,
当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
实施例71,根据实施例69或实施例70所述的通信装置,其中,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 71. The communication device of embodiment 69 or embodiment 70, wherein when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例72,根据实施例69-71中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 72, the communication apparatus of any one of Embodiments 69-71, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例73,根据实施例72所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 73: The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 72, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例74,根据实施例69-73中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 74. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 69-73, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , which, when executed by the processor, causes the communication device to perform the following steps:
根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
实施例75,根据实施例72-74中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 75: The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 72-74, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例76,根据实施例69-75中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述相对定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 76. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 69-75, wherein the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference The second time-frequency resource corresponding to the signal; when the instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node on the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information;
根据所述第二定位测量参考信号,判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。According to the second positioning measurement reference signal, it is determined whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
实施例77,根据实施例69-76中任选一实施例所述的通信装置,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:In Embodiment 77, according to the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 69 to 76, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例78,根据实施例69-77中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 78, the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 69-77, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例79,一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者偏上系统,该通信装置包括:至少一个处理器、通信接口和存储器,所述通信接口用于和其它通信装置进行通信,所述存储器存储有存储指令,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 79, a communication device, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip in a terminal or an upper-side system, the communication device includes: at least one processor, a communication interface and a memory, the communication interface is used to communicate with other communication devices For communication, the memory stores storage instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;receiving the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node;
根据所述第一定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS条件;Determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal;
向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。Send a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
实施例80,根据实施例79所述的通信装置,其中,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 80, the communication apparatus of Embodiment 79, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;receiving the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the target node.
实施例81,根据实施例79或80所述的通信装置,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 81, according to the communication device of embodiment 79 or 80, when the instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。A positioning request message sent by the source node is received, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例82,根据实施例81所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 82, the communication apparatus according to Embodiment 81, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例83,根据实施例80-82中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求 消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 83: The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 80-82, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例84,根据实施例79-83中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 84: The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 79-83, wherein the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a second positioning measurement reference signal The corresponding second time-frequency resource; when the instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
向所述源节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号,所述第二定位测量参考信号用于所述源节点判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。The second positioning measurement reference signal sent to the source node, where the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
实施例85,根据实施例79-84中任一实施例所述的通信装置,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 85, the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 79-84, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例86,根据实施例79-85中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 86, the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 79-85, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例87,一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者偏上系统,该通信装置包括:至少一个处理器、通信接口和存储器,所述通信接口用于和其它通信装置进行通信,所述存储器存储有存储指令,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 87, a communication device, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip in a terminal or an upper-side system, the communication device includes: at least one processor, a communication interface and a memory, the communication interface is used to communicate with other communication devices For communication, the memory stores storage instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;Receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS is satisfied between the source node and the target node condition, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; according to the fifth indication information, the second time-frequency resource is received by the target node. a second positioning measurement reference signal;
当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。When it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method; When it is determined by the positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node positioning between.
实施例88,根据实施例87所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位能力包括天线数量;当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 88, the communication device of Embodiment 87, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:Determine the positioning mode between the source node and the target node according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node, which specifically includes:
当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;When judging that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, determine that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method;
或者,当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。Alternatively, when it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
实施例89,根据实施例87或88所述的通信装置,其中,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 89, the communication apparatus of Embodiment 87 or 88, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述 目标节点的定位能力;Sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node;
接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例90,根据实施例87-89中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 90, the communication apparatus of any one of Embodiments 87-89, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例91,根据实施例90所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 91: The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 90, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例92,根据实施例87-91中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 92: The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 87-91, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , which, when executed by the processor, causes the communication device to perform the following steps:
根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
实施例93,根据实施例89-91中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 93: The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 89-91, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例94,根据实施例87-93中任选一实施例所述的通信装置,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 94, according to the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 87-93, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例95,根据实施例87-94中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 95, the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 87-94, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例96,一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者偏上系统,该通信装置包括:至少一个处理器、通信接口和存储器,所述通信接口用于和其它通信装置进行通信,所述存储器存储有存储指令,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 96, a communication device, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip in a terminal or an upper-side system, the communication device includes: at least one processor, a communication interface and a memory, the communication interface is used to communicate with other communication devices For communication, the memory stores storage instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device is caused to perform the following steps:
接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;receiving the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node;
根据所述第一定位测量参考信号,向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;向所述源节点发送所述第二定位测量参考信号。According to the first positioning measurement reference signal, a positioning feedback message is sent to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second positioning measurement reference signal corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal. time-frequency resources; sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node.
实施例97,根据实施例96所述的通信装置,其中,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 97, the communication apparatus of Embodiment 96, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication apparatus to perform the following steps:
接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;receiving the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
所述发送单元,还用于根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the source node according to the positioning capability request information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例98,根据实施例96或97所述的通信装置,其中,当指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行以下步骤:Embodiment 98, the communication device of embodiment 96 or 97, wherein the instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the communication device to perform the following steps:
接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。A positioning request message sent by the source node is received, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例99,根据实施例98所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 99, the communication apparatus according to Embodiment 98, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例100,根据实施例96-99中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 100. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 96-99, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例101,根据实施例96-100中任一实施例所述的通信装置,其中,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:Embodiment 101, the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 96-100, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例102,根据实施例96-101中任一实施例所述的触发方法,其中,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 102, the triggering method according to any one of Embodiments 96-101, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例103,一种通信系统,包括源节点和目标节点,其中,源节点用于向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;Embodiment 103, a communication system, comprising a source node and a target node, wherein the source node is configured to send a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
目标节点,接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;根据所述第一定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足LOS条件;并向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件;The target node receives the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; determines whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node according to the first positioning measurement reference signal; and sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, The positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node;
源节点接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息至少用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。The source node receives a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node; When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method; when according to the first indication When the information determines that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the positioning between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node Way.
实施例104,根据实施例103所述的通信系统,其中,定位能力包括天线数量;源节点根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:Embodiment 104, the communication system according to Embodiment 103, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node determines the source node and the target node according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node The positioning methods between, specifically include:
当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or,
当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
实施例105,根据实施例103和实施例104所述的通信系统,源节点向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Embodiment 105, according to the communication system of Embodiment 103 and Embodiment 104, the source node sends the location capability request information to the target node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node;
目标节点接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The target node receives the positioning capability request information sent by the source node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node; and sends second indication information to the source node according to the positioning capability request information, the The second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
源节点接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The source node receives the second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例106,根据实施例103至实施例105中任一实施例所述的通信系统,源节点向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Embodiment 106: According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 103 to 105, a source node sends a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, and the third The indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
目标节点接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。The target node receives the positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
实施例107,根据实施例106,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。In Embodiment 107, according to Embodiment 106, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
实施例108,根据实施例103至107任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,源节点根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 108: According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 103 to 107, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the source node The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
实施例109,根据实施例106至108任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。In Embodiment 109, according to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 106 to 108, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
实施例110,根据实施例103至109任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述相对定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;目标节点向所述源节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号,所述第二定位测量参考信号用于所述源节点判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。In Embodiment 110, according to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 103 to 109, the relative positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the position corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal. second time-frequency resource; the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node to the source node, the second positioning measurement reference signal is used by the source node to determine the relationship between the source node and the target node Whether the LOS condition is satisfied.
源节点根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;根据所述第二定位测量参考信号,判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足所述LOS条件。The source node receives the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node in the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information; Whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the target nodes.
实施例111,根据实施例103至110任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:In Embodiment 111, according to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 103 to 110, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例112,根据实施例103至111任一实施例所述的通信系统,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:Embodiment 112, according to the communication system described in any one of Embodiments 103 to 111, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例113,一种通信系统,包括源节点和目标节点,其中,源节点向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;Embodiment 113, a communication system, comprising a source node and a target node, wherein the source node sends a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
目标节点接收源节点发送的第一定位测量参考信号;根据所述第一定位测量参考信号,向所述源节点发送定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;向所述源节点发送所述第二定位测量参考信号;The target node receives the first positioning measurement reference signal sent by the source node; according to the first positioning measurement reference signal, sends a positioning feedback message to the source node, where the positioning feedback message includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication The information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; sending the second positioning measurement reference signal to the source node;
源节点接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源; 根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。The source node receives a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the relationship between the source node and the target node satisfies the visual requirements. From the LOS condition, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal; the second positioning measurement reference signal; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determine that the source node and the target node use Cooperative positioning method; when it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node, determine The positioning mode between the source node and the target node.
实施例114,根据实施例113所述的通信系统,所述定位能力包括天线数量;源节点用于当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。Embodiment 114, according to the communication system of Embodiment 113, the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node is configured to, when judging that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, Determine that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or, when it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, determine that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; The cooperative positioning method.
实施例115,根据实施例113或实施例114所述的通信系统,源节点,用于向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Embodiment 115: According to the communication system according to Embodiment 113 or Embodiment 114, the source node is configured to send location capability request information to the target node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location of the target node ability;
目标节点,用于接收源节点发送的定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;根据所述定位能力请求信息向所述源节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力;The target node is configured to receive the location capability request information sent by the source node, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node; send second indication information to the source node according to the location capability request information , the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node;
源节点,用于接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。The source node is configured to receive second indication information sent by the target node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
实施例116,根据实施例113至实施例115中任一实施例所述的通信系统,源节点,还用于向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源;In Embodiment 116, according to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 115, the source node is further configured to send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, The third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal;
目标节点,还用于接收所述源节点发送的定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。The target node is further configured to receive a positioning request message sent by the source node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal frequency resources.
实施例117,根据实施例113至实施例116中任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 117: According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 116, the location request message includes location capability request information, where the location capability request information is used to request to query the location of the target node ability.
实施例118,根据实施例113至实施例117中任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,源节点还用于根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。Embodiment 118. According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 117, the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node , the source node is further configured to determine the positioning capability of the target node according to the second indication information.
实施例119,根据实施例116至实施例118中任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。Embodiment 119: According to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 116 to 118, the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location of the source node ability.
实施例120,根据实施例113至实施例119中任一实施例所述的通信系统,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:In Embodiment 120, according to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 119, the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
实施例121,根据实施例113至实施例120中任一实施例所述的通信系统,定位测 量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:In Embodiment 121, according to the communication system according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 120, the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
实施例122,一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述实施例1至实施例34任一实施例所涉及的方法。Embodiment 122 is a computer program product, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method involved in any of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 34.
实施例123,一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述实施例1至实施例34任一实施例所涉及的方法。Embodiment 123: A computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer can execute the steps involved in any of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 34. method.
实施例124,一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,当该处理器执行指令时,处理器用于执行上述实施例1至实施例34任一实施例所涉及的方法。该指令可以来自芯片内部的存储器,也可以来自芯片外部的存储器。可选的,该芯片还包括输入输出电路。Embodiment 124 is a chip, where the chip includes a processor, and when the processor executes an instruction, the processor is configured to execute the method involved in any of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 34. The instruction can come from memory inside the chip or from memory outside the chip. Optionally, the chip further includes an input and output circuit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted over a computer-readable storage medium. The computer instructions can be sent from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center for transmission. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes an integration of one or more available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the processes in the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented. The process can be completed by instructing the relevant hardware by a computer program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed , which may include the processes of the foregoing method embodiments. The aforementioned storage medium includes: ROM or random storage memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the present application shall be covered by this within the protection scope of the application examples. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种定位方式的触发方法,其特征在于,应用于源节点,包括:A method for triggering a positioning method, characterized in that, applied to a source node, comprising:
    向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
    接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息至少用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件;receiving a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information, where the first indication information is at least used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node;
    当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning method;
    当根据所述第一指示信息确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。When it is determined according to the first indication information that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node. Describe the positioning method between target nodes.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:The triggering method according to claim 1, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; the source node and the target node are determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node The positioning methods between, specifically include:
    当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or,
    当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The triggering method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node;
    接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The triggering method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位请求消息包括定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。The triggering method according to claim 4, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述方法还包括:The triggering method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the Methods also include:
    根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  7. 根据权利要求4-6中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。The triggering method according to any one of claims 4-6, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位反馈消息还包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;所述方法还包括:The triggering method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the positioning feedback message further includes fifth indication information, wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first position corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal. Two time-frequency resources; the method further includes:
    根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node on the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information;
    根据所述第二定位测量参考信号,判断所述源节点和所述目标节点之间是否满足 所述LOS条件。According to the second positioning measurement reference signal, it is judged whether the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:The triggering method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
    当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
    当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
    当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
    当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:The triggering method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  11. 一种定位方式的触发方法,其特征在于,应用于源节点,包括:A method for triggering a positioning method, characterized in that, applied to a source node, comprising:
    向目标节点发送第一定位测量参考信号;sending a first positioning measurement reference signal to the target node;
    接收所述目标节点发送的定位反馈消息,所述定位反馈消息包括第一指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述源节点和目标节点之间是否满足视距LOS条件,所述第五指示信息用于指示第二定位测量参考信号对应的第二时频资源;Receive a positioning feedback message sent by the target node, where the positioning feedback message includes first indication information and fifth indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the line-of-sight LOS is satisfied between the source node and the target node condition, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource corresponding to the second positioning measurement reference signal;
    根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二时频资源接收所述目标节点发送的所述第二定位测量参考信号;receiving the second positioning measurement reference signal sent by the target node on the second time-frequency resource according to the fifth indication information;
    当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间不满足所述LOS条件时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用协作定位方式;When it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is not satisfied between the source node and the target node, determining that the source node and the target node adopt a cooperative positioning mode;
    当根据所述第二定位测量参考信号确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间满足所述LOS条件时,根据所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式。When it is determined according to the second positioning measurement reference signal that the LOS condition is satisfied between the source node and the target node, the source node is determined according to the positioning capability of the source node and/or the target node and the positioning method between the target node.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位能力包括天线数量;所述根据所述源节点和所述目标节点的定位能力,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点之间的定位方式,具体包括:The triggering method according to claim 11, wherein the positioning capability includes the number of antennas; and the distance between the source node and the target node is determined according to the positioning capabilities of the source node and the target node. positioning methods, including:
    当判断所述源节点和/或所述目标节点的天线数量大于或等于第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用相对定位方式;或者,When it is judged that the number of antennas of the source node and/or the target node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node use a relative positioning method; or,
    当判断所述源节点和所述目标节点的天线数量小于所述第一阈值时,确定所述源节点和所述目标节点采用所述协作定位方式。When it is determined that the number of antennas of the source node and the target node is less than the first threshold, it is determined that the source node and the target node adopt the cooperative positioning method.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The triggering method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述目标节点发送定位能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力;Sending positioning capability request information to the target node, where the positioning capability request information is used to request to query the positioning capability of the target node;
    接收所述目标节点发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力。Second indication information sent by the target node is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The triggering method according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述目标节点发送定位请求消息,所述定位请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一定位测量参考信号对应的第一时频资源。Send a positioning request message to the target node, where the positioning request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning measurement reference signal.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位请求消息包括定位 能力请求信息,所述定位能力请求信息用于请求查询所述目标节点的定位能力。The triggering method according to claim 14, wherein the location request message includes location capability request information, and the location capability request information is used to request to query the location capability of the target node.
  16. 根据权利要求11-15中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位反馈消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述目标节点的定位能力,所述方法还包括:The triggering method according to any one of claims 11-15, wherein the positioning feedback message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the positioning capability of the target node, and the Methods also include:
    根据所述第二指示信息确定所述目标节点的定位能力。The positioning capability of the target node is determined according to the second indication information.
  17. 根据权利要求14-16中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述定位请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述源节点的定位能力。The triggering method according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein the location request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the location capability of the source node.
  18. 根据权利要求11-17中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用1比特信息表征,其中:The triggering method according to any one of claims 11-17, wherein the first indication information is represented by 1-bit information, wherein:
    当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 1;
    当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;或者,When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 0; or,
    当所述第一指示信息指示满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为0;When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is satisfied, the first indication information is 0;
    当所述第一指示信息指示不满足所述LOS条件时,所述第一指示信息为1。When the first indication information indicates that the LOS condition is not satisfied, the first indication information is 1.
  19. 根据权利要求11-18中任一项所述的触发方法,其特征在于,定位测量参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:The triggering method according to any one of claims 11-18, wherein the positioning measurement reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号PRS、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、时频域跟踪参考信号TRS。Positioning reference signal PRS, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, time-frequency domain tracking reference signal TRS.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器、通信接口和存储器,所述通信接口用于所述通信装置与其他通信装置进行信息交互,所述存储器存储有计算机程序指令,当所述计算机程序指令在所述至少一个处理器中执行时,使得所述通信装置实现如权利要求1至10或11至19中任一项所述的触发方法在如下任一节点上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, a communication interface and a memory, the communication interface is used for the communication device to exchange information with other communication devices, and the memory stores computer program instructions, when the When the computer program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, the communication device realizes the function of the triggering method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 19 on any of the following nodes: the source node and the target node.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质具有程序指令,当所述程序指令被直接或者间接执行时,使得如权利要求1至10或11至19中任一项所述的触发方法在如下任一节点上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium has program instructions, and when the program instructions are directly or indirectly executed, the program instructions are as described in any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 19. The function of the triggering method is realized on any one of the following nodes: the source node and the target node.
  22. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,当程序指令在所述至少一个处理器中执行时,使得如权利要求1至10或11至19中任一项所述的触发方法在如下任一装置上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。A chip system, characterized in that the chip system includes at least one processor, and when the program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, the system as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 19 is implemented. The function of the triggering method is realized on any of the following devices: the source node, the target node.
  23. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序在至少一个处理器中执行时,使得如权利要求1至10或11至19中任一项所述的触发方法在如下任一节点上的功能得以实现:所述源节点、所述目标节点。A computer program, characterized in that, when the computer program is executed in at least one processor, the triggering method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 19 is executed on any of the following nodes The function is realized: the source node, the target node.
PCT/CN2021/107442 2020-07-28 2021-07-20 Positioning means triggering method and communication device WO2022022341A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180049201.9A CN116406520A (en) 2020-07-28 2021-07-20 Triggering method of positioning mode and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010740596 2020-07-28
CN202010740596.4 2020-07-28
CN202010942759.7A CN114007183B (en) 2020-07-28 2020-09-09 Positioning mode triggering method and communication device
CN202010942759.7 2020-09-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022022341A1 true WO2022022341A1 (en) 2022-02-03

Family

ID=79920724

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/107442 WO2022022341A1 (en) 2020-07-28 2021-07-20 Positioning means triggering method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN114007183B (en)
WO (1) WO2022022341A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023172345A1 (en) * 2022-03-08 2023-09-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for synchronization for sidelink positioning and sidelink communication sessions
WO2024039453A1 (en) * 2022-08-19 2024-02-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Joint network entity/user equipment-and-user equipment/user equipment ranging

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2023553880A (en) * 2020-12-18 2023-12-26 クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド Location assistance data with line-of-sight status for the link between the user equipment and the wireless network node
CN116668937A (en) * 2022-02-18 2023-08-29 华为技术有限公司 Positioning information transmission method, device, storage medium and chip system
WO2023201628A1 (en) * 2022-04-21 2023-10-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Sidelink positioning method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2024031612A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 Apple Inc. Multi-rtt estimation for sidelink positioning

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160134372A1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Facebook, Inc. Alignment in line-of-sight communication networks
CN106922018A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-07-04 京信通信技术(广州)有限公司 A kind of localization method and device
US20180160419A1 (en) * 2016-12-02 2018-06-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Vehicle positioning by signaling line-of-sight (los) vehicle information
CN110426040A (en) * 2019-07-08 2019-11-08 中国人民解放军陆军工程大学 Indoor pedestrian's localization method with non line of sight identification function
CN110869791A (en) * 2017-07-06 2020-03-06 三菱电机株式会社 Method and apparatus for distinguishing line of sight from non-line of sight in a vehicle communication system
WO2020057748A1 (en) * 2018-09-20 2020-03-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Techniques for cooperative passive positioning

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101772157A (en) * 2008-12-30 2010-07-07 三星电子株式会社 Downlink positioning method assisted by terminal
CN101583078B (en) * 2009-06-15 2011-09-21 北京邮电大学 Honeycomb locating method
CN101583191B (en) * 2009-06-15 2011-08-10 北京邮电大学 Terminal group co-locating method
CN108375782B (en) * 2018-01-18 2021-06-25 西北工业大学 Factor graph cooperative positioning method based on satellite navigation positioning system
CN111712727B (en) * 2018-02-13 2023-01-06 华为技术有限公司 Cooperative assisted position estimation techniques
CN109257693B (en) * 2018-08-02 2020-09-25 哈尔滨工程大学 Indoor cooperative positioning method based on spatial analysis

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160134372A1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Facebook, Inc. Alignment in line-of-sight communication networks
US20180160419A1 (en) * 2016-12-02 2018-06-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Vehicle positioning by signaling line-of-sight (los) vehicle information
CN106922018A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-07-04 京信通信技术(广州)有限公司 A kind of localization method and device
CN110869791A (en) * 2017-07-06 2020-03-06 三菱电机株式会社 Method and apparatus for distinguishing line of sight from non-line of sight in a vehicle communication system
WO2020057748A1 (en) * 2018-09-20 2020-03-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Techniques for cooperative passive positioning
CN110426040A (en) * 2019-07-08 2019-11-08 中国人民解放军陆军工程大学 Indoor pedestrian's localization method with non line of sight identification function

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "Discussion on potential positioning enhancements", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #101-E R1-2004142, 5 June 2020 (2020-06-05), XP051885900 *
NOKIA ET AL.: "Measurements for NR Positioning", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #97 R1- 1906660, 17 May 2019 (2019-05-17), XP051708695 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023172345A1 (en) * 2022-03-08 2023-09-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for synchronization for sidelink positioning and sidelink communication sessions
WO2024039453A1 (en) * 2022-08-19 2024-02-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Joint network entity/user equipment-and-user equipment/user equipment ranging

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116406520A (en) 2023-07-07
CN114007183A (en) 2022-02-01
CN114007183B (en) 2022-11-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022022341A1 (en) Positioning means triggering method and communication device
US10813170B2 (en) Locating method, system, and related device
WO2019134555A1 (en) Positioning method, device, and system for terminal device
CN114422937B (en) Configuration and management system and method for positioning reference signals according to requirements
KR101842565B1 (en) Access point location discovery in unmanaged networks
RU2571825C2 (en) Method and system for providing enhanced location information for wireless mobile devices
US20210345285A1 (en) Method and Device for User Equipment Positioning
US10075934B2 (en) Positioning method and apparatus
WO2021032267A1 (en) Non-line-of-sight path detection for user equipment positioning in wireless networks
WO2021008581A1 (en) Method for positioning and communication apparatus
US10591577B2 (en) Positioning method and device
CN114175687A (en) Positioning support for wireless devices such as NR-IoT devices and useful for geofencing
CN115104348A (en) Method for reporting positioning information and communication device
US9781566B1 (en) Apparatus, system and method of estimating a distance between a first station and a second station
US20240015693A1 (en) User equipment (ue) positioning
KR101833827B1 (en) Method of acquiring location information by a user quipment and method of providing location information to user quipment by a network node
WO2022042193A1 (en) Cooperative positioning method and apparatus
WO2022017397A1 (en) Multi-path single anchor point positioning method and communication apparatus
WO2024060215A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for rat-dependent positioning integrity
WO2023193710A1 (en) Signal polarization processing method, device and readable storage medium
WO2023185526A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023065320A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for sidelink positioning
WO2024012509A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
US20230397154A1 (en) Ranking wireless streaming devices based on proximity
WO2024051543A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21848933

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21848933

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1